Download Toyota CAMRY SV25 User's Manual

FOREWORD
This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide
information on the electrical system of the 1990 TOYOTA
CAMRY.
Applicable models:
SV21, 25 series
VZV21 series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the above
models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the
following manuals;
Pub. No.
Manual Name
1990 Camry Repair Manual
Volume 1
Volume 2
TCCS (3S–FE) Diagnosis Manual
ECT (A140E) Diagnosis Manual
ECT (A540E) Diagnosis Manual
1990 Model New Car Features
RM151U1
RM151U2
DM011U
DM013U
DM014U
NCF059U
All information in this manual is based on the latest product
information at the time of publication. However, specifications
and procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 12 sections:
No.
Section
Description
1
INDEX
Index of the contents of this manual.
2
INTRODUCTION
Brief explanation of each section.
3
HOW TO USE
THIS MANUAL
Instructions on how to use this manual.
4
TROUBLE–
SHOOTING
Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
5
ABBREVIATIONS
Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
6
GLOSSARY OF
TERMS AND
SYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
7
RELAY LOCATIONS
Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Computer, Relays, Junction
Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.
8
ELECTRICAL
WIRE ROUTING
Describes position of the Parts Connectors, Ground points, etc.
This section is closely related to the system circuit.
9
POWER SOURCE
(POWER–LOAD,
Reference)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical
loads.
10
INDEX
Index of the system circuits.
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through
ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and
classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the
section, “How to use this manual”).
The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are
also contained in this section.
GROUND POINTS
Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
OVERALL
WIRING DIAGRAM
Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
11
12
2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by
dividing them into each system circuit.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source
is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown
with the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where
the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying
power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground
Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit
to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find
each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring
harness connectors, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each
junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction
block.
Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from
, to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram
at the end of this manual.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
4
A
: System Title
B
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only
the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the
J/B.
Example:
C
D
J
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the
numeral indicates the pin No.)
F
G
B
= Black
L
BR
= Brown
LG = Light Green
V
G
= Green
O
= Orange
W = White
P
= Pink
Y
GR = Gray
= Blue
R = Red
= Violet
= Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the
second letter indicates the color of the stripe.
: Connector Color
Example:
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
E
: Indicates the wiring color.
: (
) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,
etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or
specification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness
connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is
shown with arrows (
).
L–Y
(Blue)
(Yellow)
K
: Page No.
L
: Indicates a sealed wiring harness.
M
: Indicates a ground point.
N
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The numbering system is different for female and male
connectors.
Example:
H
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The
code (e.g. ) is the same as the code used in parts
position.
I
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.
and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction
Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other
parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for
further clarification).
Example:
3B indicates
that it is inside
Junction Block
No. 3.
Numbered in order
from upper left to
lower right
Numbered in order
from upper right to
lower left
The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is
the same as above.
O
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the
parts connector name used in the wire routing section
is shown in square brackets [
].
5
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
P
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW
CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL
3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO RAISE THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS STOP AT DESIRED
POINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2.
DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL
3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL
2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.
THE MOTOR CONTINUES TO ROTATE, ENABLING THEWINDOW TO DESCEND.
WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT
BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3.
DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
BY HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IN “UP” POSITION WHILE OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING THROUGH
TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM
SW, STOPS THE WINDOW AND CONTINUING TO TOUCH THE SW, SWITCHES THE FUNCTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW THROUGH TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF
THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL
7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO RAISE THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS
STOPPED AND WINDOW STOPS AT THE DESIRED POINT.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPS THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
5.
PASSENGER’S WINDOW DOWN OPERATION (POWER WINDOW SW)
HOLDING POWER WINDOW SW ON “DOWN”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 9 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 3 TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS
TO LOWER THE WINDOW.
(FOR THE UP OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
Q
SERVICE HINTS
(A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(B) POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
R
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
SEE PAGE
P4
21
C
P5
21
B
P2
21
D
P3
21
S
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
1
T
16
RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
3B
U
SEE PAGE
14
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
D1
26
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
H1
26
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
V
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
C
6
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
24
GROUND POINT LOCATION
COWL LEFT
CODE
E
SEE PAGE
P6
21
P : Explains the system outline.
Q : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
R : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part A (Power Window Master SW) represents code P4 on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order
in parts starting with that letter.
Example: P 4
Part is 4th in order
Power Window Master SW
S
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the
system circuit.
Example: Connector 1 is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the
instrument panel.
T
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system
circuit.
Example: Connector 3B connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this
manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
U : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female
wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector D1 connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described
on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
V
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point C is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
7
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The Power – Load section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits
current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained.
Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
POWER SOURCE (Power–Load, Reference)
POWER SOURCE
8
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When
troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the
problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points (
,
, and
shown below) can also be
checked this way.
GROUND POINTS
9
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK
(a)
Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:
(b)
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good
ground point or negative battery terminal, and the
positive lead to the connector or component terminal.
This check can be done with a test light instead of a
voltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK
(a)
(b)
Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.
Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check
again.
When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side
and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be
continuity.
When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no
continuity.
(c)
10
Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V
minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT
(a)
Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.
(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.
(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.
Example:
– Ignition SW on
– Ignition SW and SW 1 on
– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)
(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.
The short lies between the connector where the test
light stays lit and the connector where the light goes
out.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking
the problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:
Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU and
various computer unless absolutely necessary. (If the
IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by
static electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE
CONNECTORS
To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the
wire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting
before pulling apart.
11
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACEMENT FOR TERMINAL
(with Terminal Retainer Type)
1.
DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
2.
DISCONNECT TERMINAL FROM CONNECTOR
(a)
“for A type”
Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporally lock
position.
HINT: The needle insertion position varies according
to the connector’s shape (number of terminals
etc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“for B type”
Open the terminal retainer.
(b)
3.
Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the
terminal out from rear.
INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR
(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:
1.
Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.
2.
Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.
3.
Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporally lock position.
(b)
4.
12
Push the terminal retainer in to the full lock position.
CONNECT CONNECTOR
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
A/C
= Air Conditioner
A.B.S
= Anti Lock Brake System
A/T
= Automatic Transmission
CB
= Circuit Breaker
COMB.
= Combination
DIFF.
= Differential
ECT
= Electronic Controlled Transmission
ECU
= Electronic Control Unit
EFI
= Electronic Fuel Injection
EGR
= Exhaust Gas Recirculation
EX.
= Except
FL
= Fusible Link
ISC
= Idle Speed Control
J/B
= Junction Block
LH
= Left-Hand
M/T
= Manual Transmission
O/D
= Overdrive
R/B
= Relay Block
RH
= Right–Hand
SW
= Switch
TCCS
= Toyota Computer Controlled System
TEMP.
= Temperature
VSV
= Vacuum Switching Valve
W/G
= Wagon Type
W/
= With
W/O
= Without
4WD
= Four Wheel Drive
13
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
BATTERY
Stores chemical energy and
converts it into electrical energy.
Provides DC current for the auto’s
various electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)
A small holding unit for temporary
storage of electrical voltage.
HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight
filament to heat up and emit light.
1. SINGLE
A headlight may have either a
FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2)
filament.
2. DOUBLE
FILAMENT
HORN
An electric device which sounds a
loud audible signal.
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
An electric resistance heating
element.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit
breaker will heat and open if too
much current flows through it. Some
units automatically reset when cool,
others must be manually reset.
IGNITION COIL
Converts low–voltage DC current
into high–voltage ignition current
for firing the spark plugs.
DIODE
A semiconductor which allows
current flow in only one direction.
14
DIODE, ZENER
A diode which allows current flow
in one direction but blocks reverse
flow only up to a specific voltage.
Above that potential, it passes the
excess voltage. This acts as a
simple voltage regulator.
LIGHT
Current flow through a filament
causes the filament to heat up
and emit light.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIA
Channels high–voltage current
from the ignition coil to the
individual spark plugs.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)
Upon current flow, these diodes
emit light without producing the
heat of a comparable light.
FUSE
A thin metal strip which burns
through when too much current
flows through it, thereby stopping
current flow and protecting a
circuit from damage.
METER, ANALOG
Current flow activates a magnetic
coil which causes a needle to
move, thereby providing a relative
display against a background
calibration.
FUSIBLE LINK
A heavy–gauge wire placed in
high amperage circuits which
burns through on overloads,
thereby protecting the circuit.
METER, DIGITAL
Current flow activates one or
many LED’s, LCD’s, or flourescent
displays, which provide a relative
or digital display.
GROUND
The point at which wiring attaches
to the Body, thereby providing a
return path for an electrical circuit;
without a ground, current cannot
flow.
FUEL
M
MOTOR
A power unit which converts
electrical energy into mechanical
energy, especially rotary motion.
RELAY
1. NORMALLY
CLOSED
2. NORMALLY
OPEN
Basically, an electrically
operated switch which may
be normally closed (1) or
open (2).
Current flow through a
small coil creates a
magnetic field which either
opens or closes an
attached switch.
SPEAKER
An electromechanical device
which creates sound waves from
current flow.
SWITCH, MANUAL
1. NORMALLY
OPEN
RELAY, DOUBLE THROW
A relay which passes current
through one set of contacts or the
other.
2. NORMALLY
CLOSED
Opens and
closes circuits,
thereby
stopping (1) or
allowing (2)
current flow.
RESISTOR
An electrical component with a
fixed resistance, placed in a circuit
to reduce voltage to a specific
value.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW
A switch which continuously
passes current through one set
of contacts or the other.
RESISTOR, TAPPED
A resistor which supplies two or
more different non–adjustable
resistance values.
SWITCH,
IGNITION
A key operated switch with
several positions which allow
various circuits. Particularly the
primary ignition circuit, to
become operational.
RESISTOR, VARIABLE or
RHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with a
variable rate of resistance.
Also called a potentiometer or
rheostat.
SENSOR (Thermistor)
A resistor which varies its
resistance with temperature.
SWITCH, WIPER PARK
Automatically returns wipers to
the stop position when the wiper
switch is turned off.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED
Uses magnetic impulses to open
and close a switch to create a
signal for activation of other
components.
TRANSISTOR
A solidstate device typically used
as an electronic relay; stops or
passes current depending on the
applied voltage at “base.”
SHORT PIN
Used to provide an unbroken
connection within a junction block.
WIRES
(1) NOT
CONNECTED
(2)
SOLENOID
An electromagnetic coil which
forms a magnetic field when
current flows, to move a plunger,
etc.
SPLICED
Wires are always
drawn as straight
lines on wiring
diagrams. Crossed
wires (1) without a
black dot at the
junction are not
joined;
crossed wires (2)
with a black dot at
the junction are
spliced (joined)
connections.
15
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Engine Compartment]
[Body]
[S/D]
16
[Instrument Panel]
[Body]
[WAGON]
17
RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 1
18
Left Kick Panel
(See Page 17)
[J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit]
19
RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 2
2
: R/B No. 2
20
Engine Compartment Left
(See Page 16)
[J/B No. 2 Inner Circuit]
21
RELAY LOCATIONS
,,,
,,,
,,,: J/B No. 3
Instrument Panel Left
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
22
(See Page 17)
1
: R/B No. 1
Left Kick Panel
4
: R/B No. 4
Right Kick Panel
(See Page 17)
(See Page 17)
23
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[2VZ–FE]
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
A
A
A
11
12
13
A
A
A
A
A
A
14
15
16
17
43
44
A.B.S. Actuator
A.B.S. Actuator
A.B.S. Actuator
A.B.S. Check Connector
A.B.S. Speed Sensor Front LH
A.B.S. Speed Sensor Front RH
A/C Compressor Sensor
A/C Condenser Fan Motor
A/C Dual Pressure SW
A/C High Pressure SW (for Radiator Fan)
or Short Pin (w/o A/C)
A/C Idle–Up VSV
A/C A/C Magnet Clutch
A/C Water Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan, 3S–FE)
or Sensor (for Condenser Fan, 2VZ–FE)
A/C Water Temp. SW (for A/C Cut, 4WD)
Air Flow Meter
Alternator
Alternator
A/C Magnet Clutch Relay (for CANADA)
A/T Fluid Temp. SW
B
B
1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
C
C
C
1 Check Connector
2 Cold Start Injector
3 Cruise Control Actuator
24
C
C
4 Cruise Control Vacuum Pump
5 Cruise Control Vacuum SW
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
E
E
E
1 ECT Solenoid or O/D Solenoid
2 EFI Water Temp. Sensor
3 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor (for California)
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
Front Clearance and Side Marker Light LH
Front Clearance and Side Marker Light RH
Front Turn Signal Light LH
Front Turn Signal Light RH
Front Washer Motor
Fusible Link Box
H
H
H
H
1
2
3
4
Headlight LH
Headlight RH
Horn
Horn
Diff. Lock Indicator SW
Diff. Lock Solenoid (3S–FE A/T)
Diff. Lock Solenoid (for Diff. Lock, 4WD)
Diff. Lock Solenoid (for Diff. Lock, 4WD)
Diff. Lock Speed Sensor Front (A/T)
Diff. Lock Speed Sensor Rear (A/T)
Distributor (2VZ–FE)
Distributor and Ignition Coil (3S–FE)
Distributor and Ignition Coil (3S–FE)
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[3S–FE]
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
K
ISC Valve
Igniter (3S–FE)
Igniter and Ignition Coil (2VS–FE)
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
Injector No. 5
Injector No. 6
R
R
1 Radiator Fan Motor
3 Rear Washer Motor
S
S
S
S
1
2
3
4
T
1 Throttle Position Sensor
2 Knock Sensor (2VZ–FE)
V
3 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up)
N
N
1 Neutral Start SW and Back–Up Light SW (A/T)
2 Noise Filter (for Ignition System)
W
W
W
1 Water Temp. Sender
2 Wiper Motor
3 Water Temp. Sensor (for Radiator Fan, 2VZ–FE)
O
O
O
O
2
3
4
5
Short Pin (for Fan Check)
Start Injector Time SW
Starter
Starter
O/D Water Temp. SW
Oxygen Sensor Main
Oxygen Sensor Sub (3S–FE)
Oil Pressure SW
25
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Body
[SEDAN]
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
A.B.S. Computer
A.B.S. Computer
A.B.S. Speed Sensor Rear LH
A.B.S. Speed Sensor Rear RH
Auto Antenna Motor and Control Relay
Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer (USA)
Automatic Shoulder Belt Limit SW LH
Automatic Shoulder Belt Limit SW RH
Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor LH
Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor RH
Automatic Shoulder Belt Release Lever
Warning Light (USA)
40 Automatic Shoulder Belt SW LH
41 Automatic Shoulder Belt SW RH
42 Automatic Shoulder Belt Spool Release SW
B
B
D
D
D
8 Back Door Courtesy SW (W/G)
9 Back Door Lock Solenoid (W/G)
17 Door Courtesy Light LH
18 Door Courtesy Light RH
19 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
26
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
F
7
F
8
F
9
F 10
H
I
Door Courtesy SW Front RH (CANADA)
Door Courtesy SW Front RH (USA)
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH (CANADA)
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH (USA)
Door Key Cylinder Light and Outside handle SW
Door Lock Control SW RH
Door Lock Key SW LH
Door Lock Key SW RH
Door Lock Solenoid Front LH
Door Lock Solenoid Front RH
Door Lock Solenoid Rear LH
Door Lock Solenoid Rear RH
Fuel Pump
Fuel Pump (All–Trac/4WD)
Fuel Sender
Fuel Sender (All–Trac/4WD)
8 High Mount Stop Light
13 Interior Light
Position of Parts in Body
[STATION WAGON]
J
1 Junction Connector (W/G)
L
L
L
L
L
1
2
3
4
5
Licence Plate Light LH
Licence Plate Light RH
Light Failure Sensor
Luggage Compartment Light (S/D)
Luggage Compartment Light SW (S/D)
M
M
M
M
M
1
2
3
4
5
Map Light (w/o Moon Roof)
Moon Roof Control Relay
Moon Roof Limit SW
Moon Roof Motor
Moon Roof SW and/or Map Light
N
3 Noise Filter (Defogger)
P
P
P
P
P
P
6 Power Window Master SW and
Door Lock Control SW LH
7 Power Window Motor Front LH
8 Power Window Motor Front RH
9 Power Window Motor Rear LH
10 Power Window Motor Rear RH
11 Power Window SW Front RH
P 12 Power Window SW Rear LH
P 13 Power Window SW Rear RH
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Combination Light RH
Rear Interior Light (W/G)
Rear Side Marker Light LH
Rear Side Marker Light RH
Rear Window Defogger (+)
Rear Window Defogger (–)
Rear Wiper Motor
Remote Control Mirror LH
Remote Control Mirror RH
Roof Speaker Rear LH (W/G)
Roof Speaker Rear RH (W/G)
S 10 Speaker Rear LH
S 11 Speaker Rear RH
V
V
1 Vanity Light LH
2 Vanity Light RH
27
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
18 A/C Acceleration Cut Amplifier
(SV) or A/C Condenser Fan
Control Amplifier (VSV)
19 A/C Amplifier (FWD)
20 A/C Amplifier (All–Trac/4WD)
21 A/C Cut Relay (All–Trac/4WD) or
Compressor Control Amplifier
(2VZ–FE)
22 A/C System Amplifier (for Heater)
23 A/C System Amplifier (for Heater)
24 A/C Thermistor (3S–FE)
25 A/C Thermistor and Diode (2VZ–FE)
26 A/T Indicator (Instrument Panel)
27 Air Mix Control Servo Motor
28 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor
B
B
B
B
B
B
3
4
5
6
7
10
C
6 Center Diff. Lock Indicator Light
(All–Trac/4WD)
7 Cigarette Lighter
8 Circuit Opening Relay
9 Clock
10 Clutch Start SW (M/T)
11 Combination Meter
12 Combination Meter
13 Combination Meter
14 Combination SW
15 Combination SW
16 Cruise Control Clutch SW
A
A
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
28
Back Door Lock Control SW (W/G)
Blower Control Relay
Blower Motor
Blower Resistor
Buckle SW (w/ Power Seat)
Buckle SW (w/o Power Seat)
C
C
17 Cruise Control Computer
18 Cruise Control Main SW
D
D
D
10 Diode (Electrical Idle–Up System)
11 Diode (Over Drive System)
12 Diode (for Interior Light System,
w/ Door Lock System)
13 Diode (for Interior Light System,
w/o Door Lock System)
14 Diode (for Front Wiper System)
15 Diode (for Rear Wiper System)
16 Door Lock Control Relay
D
D
D
D
O
1 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator
Light
6 OX Sensor Sub (2VZ–FE)
P
P
P
P
P
1
2
3
4
5
R
R
R
R
R
Parking Brake SW
Power Seat Motor (Front Vertical)
Power Seat Motor (Rear Vertical)
Power Seat Motor (Slide)
Power Seat SW
2 Running Light Control Relay
(for CANADA)
4 Radio and Tape Player
5 Radio and Tape Player
6 Rear Window Defogger SW
7 Rear Wiper and Washer SW (W/G)
or Diff. Lock Control SW
(All–Trac/4WD)
8 Recirc/Fresh Control Servo Motor
9 Remote Control Mirror SW
10 Rheostat
E
E
E
E
4
5
6
7
G
G
G
1 Glove Box Light
2 Glove Box Light SW (CANADA)
3 Glove Box Light SW (USA)
R
R
R
H
H
5 Hazard SW
6 Heater Control Assembly
(Push SW Type) or A/C SW and
Blower SW (Lever SW Type)
7 Heater Control Assembly
(Push SW Type) or A/C SW and
Blower SW (Lever SW Type)
S
S
S
S
S
5
6
7
8
9
T
T
T
2 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU)
3 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU)
4 TCCS ECU (Engine ECU)
U
1 Unlock Warning SW
H
I
I
I
K
ECT ECU (FWD)
ECT ECU (All–Trac/4WD)
ECT ECU (All–Trac/4WD)
ECT Pattern Select SW
O
10 Ignition Key Cylinder Light
11 Ignition SW
12 Integration Relay
1 Key Interlock Solenoid
Seat Belt Warning Relay
Shift Lock Control Computer
Speaker Front LH
Speaker Front RH
Stop Light SW and Cruise Control
Stop SW
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[2VZ–FE]
: Location of Ground Points
[2VZ–FE]
30
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
31
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[3S–FE]
: Location of Ground Points
[3S–FE]
32
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
33
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
34
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
35
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[SEDAN]
: Location of Ground Points
[SEDAN]
36
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
37
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
[STATION WAGON]
: Location of Ground Points
[STATION WAGON]
38
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
39
POWER SOURCE (Power–Load, Reference)
J/B No. 1 (Left Kick Panel)
Power
7 5A
7.5A
IGN
20A
WIPER
20A
STOP
7.5A
TURN
7.5A
15A
GAUGE
TAIL
15A
ECU–IG
7.5A
RADIO
15A
CIG
30A
10A
10A
DEFOG CB
MIR–HTR
ENGINE
40
Load
Engine Main Relay
Charge Warning Light
EFI Main Relay (3S–FE), Engine ECU (2VZ–FE)
Radiator Fan Relay No. 1, A/C Fan Relay No. 2
Washer Motor, Wiper Motor, Wiper Relay
Rear Washer Motor, Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
Engine ECU
Light Failure Sensor, Stop Lights, Hi Mount Stop Light
Cruise Control Computer
ECT ECU (3S–FE)
Shift Lock Control Computer
A.B.S. Computer
Turn Signal Flasher
Check Engine Warning Light
Integration Relay
Light Failure Sensor, Rear Lights Warning Light
Back–Up Lights
Power Main Relay
Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer, Automatic Shoulder Belt Release
Lever Warning Light, Seat Belt Warning Light
Page No.
44
50
52, 124
158
98
100
52, 124
94
120
129
140
142
92
52
68
88, 94
96
102, 148
114
Seat Belt Warning Light, Seat Belt Warning Relay
A/T Indicator, O/D Off Indicator Light, ECT ECU (3S–FE), Engine ECU (2VZ–FE)
O/D Solenoid, O/D Off Indicator Light
Diff. Lock Solenoid, Center Diff. Lock Indicator, ECT ECU (A/T)
A.B.S. Warning Light
Rear Window Defogger SW, Defogger Relay
Antenna Motor and Control Relay
Combination Meter
Heater Relay, Blower Control Relay, A/C System Amplifier,
Recirc/Fresh Control Servo Motor, Heater Control Assembly
118
124
134
136
142
146
150
154
Engine ECU
Glove Box Light, Combination Meter, Rheostat, ECT Pattern Select SW Light, Rear
Wiper SW Light, Cruise Control Main SW Light, Hazard SW Light, O/D Main SW Light,
Rear Window Defogger SW Light, Cigarette Lighter Light, A/T Indicator Light, Radio
Light, Diff. Lock Control SW Light, Center Diff. Lock Indicator Light, A/C SW Light,
Heater Control SW Light
Front Clearance and Side Marker Lights, Licence Plate Lights,
Rear Side Marker Lights, Light Failure Sensor, Taillights
67
Clock
Cruise Control Main SW, Cruise Control Computer
ECT ECU (3S–FE)
Shift Lock Control Computer
A.B.S. Computer
Mirror Motor
Clock
Shift Lock Control Computer
Antenna Motor and Control Relay
Radio and Tape Player
Clock, Cigarette Lighter
Antenna Motor and Control Relay
Rear Window Defogger
Engine ECU
IC Regulator
139
120
129
140
142
112
139
140
150
152
139
150
146
67
50
158
84
88
J/B No. 2 (Engine Compartment)
Power
Load
Integration Relay
Map Light, Door Key Cylinder Light, Door Courtesy Light, Rear Interior Light, Ignition Key Cylinder
Light, Interior Light, Vanity Light, Door Warning Light, Luggage Compartment Light
20A
DOME
7.5A
15A
15A
15A
15A
CHARGE
HEAD LH
HEAD RH
HEAD–LO (LH)
HEAD–LO (RH)
15A
HAZ–HORN
15A
EFI
30A
FL RDI FAN
Page No.
68, 76
76
ECT ECU (3S–FE)
Clock
Antenna Motor
Radio and Tape Player
IC Regulator
Headlight LH (USA)
Headlight RH (USA)
Headlight LH (CANADA)
Headlight RH (CANADA)
Turn Signal Flasher
Horns, Horn Relay
Fuel Pump, ISC Valve, Engine ECU, Circuit Opening Relay, Check Connector,
OX Sensor (Main) (2VZ–FE)
129
139
150
152
50
70
70
72
72
92
111
Engine ECU
Engine ECU (2VZ–FE)
Radiator Fan Motor
67
124
158
52
R/B No. 1 (Near the J/B No. 1)
30A
POWER CB
30A
AUTOMATIC
SHOULDER BELT CB
10A
ECU–B
Power Window Master SW, Power Window Motor
Power Seat Motor
Door Lock Control Relay, Door Lock Solenoid
Back Door Lock Solenoid
Moon Roof Control Relay
102
105
106
110
148
Automatic Shoulder Belt Computer, Automatic Shoulder Belt Motor
114
Seat Belt Warning Relay
A.B.S. Computer
Noise Filter (for Rear Window Defogger)
118
142
146
R/B No. 2 (Engine Compartment)
15A
15A
30A
HEAD–HI (RH)
HEAD–HI (RH)
FL CDS FAN
Headlight LH (CANADA)
Headlight RH (CANADA)
Condenser Fan Motor, A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE)
72
72
158
R/B No. 4 (Right Kick Panel)
10A
A/C
40A
HEATER CB
Heater Control Assembly, A/C SW, A/C Amplifier, Magnet Clutch Relay, A/C Magnet Clutch, A/C
Idle–Up VSV (3S–FE), A/C Acceleration Cut Amplifier (3S–FE), A/C Fan Relay No. 3 (3S–FE), A/C
Cut Relay (ALL–TRAC/4WD), Engine ECU (3S–FE), A/C Condenser Fan Control Amplifier
(2VZ–FE), Compressor Control Amplifier (2VZ–FE)
Blower Motor
158
158
Fusible Link Box (Near the Battery)
30A
FL AM2
40A
FL MAIN
80A
ALT
IGN Fuse
Noise Filter (2VZ–FE)
Igniter, Ignition Coil and Distributor (3S–FE)
Injector
Headlight Relay
Taillight Relay
FL 0.5G
Alternator
44
46
46, 59
52
44, 68, 70
44, 68, 72,
84, 88
46
50
Fusible Links (Near the Battery)
FL 0.5G
FL 1.0Y
Automatic Shoulder Belt CB, Power CB
Starter, Starter Relay, Start Injector Time SW, Cold Start Injector
IC Regulator
A.B.S. Actuator
44
46
50
142
41
POWER SOURCE
A FUSIBLE
LINK BOX
2
BATTERY
30A AM2
80A ALT
5
G
2B
2F
3
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
FL 1. 0Y W–L
W
W
W
1 2B
4
TO A. B. S
ACTUATOR
4
W–R
W
1
FL 0. 5G
W
6
3
W
40A MAIN
W
1
2
1
2B
2D
2
15A TAIL
3
W
20A STOP
1A
30A DEFOG CB
W
4 2B
4
2F
W
W
1 C2
2
1A
W–R
10 D2
10A ECU–B
2 1K
R–B
1 1A
1
1
W
2 1J
B
C1
W
13
D1
1
AM1
2
B
7
W–B
30A FL CDS FAN
IG1
IGNITION SW
7
3
2
B–Y
2A
30A FL RDI FAN
ACC
3
IG2
4
4
AM2
1
8
2
2
W
P–L
6
B–O
5
2
B–O
8 2E
L
6 1I
4 1J
5 1J
15A EFI
20A DOME
6 1J
15A HAZ–HORN
15A ECU–IG
7. 5A TURN
3
4
20A WIPER
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
1
15A HEAD–LH
7 2E
W
W
(CANADA)
7. 5A GAUGE
5
(USA)
4
7 1K
15A HEAD–RH
B–Y
2E
8
10A ENGINE
1K
15A HEAD–HI (LH)
R–L
DIMMER
RELAY
3
2
2
R–B
R–B
2
4
4 2E
2
2
1
2
15A CIG
2
15A HEAD–HI (RH)
15A HEAD–LO (LH)
15A HEAD–LO (RH)
44
7. 5A RADIO
7. 5A IGN
R–L
2
1
W–B
2
1
C
1
L–W
30A POWER CB
W
ENGINE
MAIN RELAY
1
W
4
B–O
W
1
2
R
30A AUTOMATIC
SHOULDER BELT CB
4 1K
L
4
W
3
2G
1
W–R
2
4
5
1
3 1J
30A HEATER CB
1 2H
2
1
W–L
1
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
CHANGED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
HEADLIGHT RELAY
4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(B) IGNITION SW
4–3
: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION
8–7, 4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION
DIMMER RELAY
CHANGED FROM HEAD (LO) TO HEAD (HI) WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION OR WITH HEADLIGHT RELAY ON AND
DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
F6
CODE
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
B
SEE PAGE
I11
CODE
SEE PAGE
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
23
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1I
1J
1K
2G
2H
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
C1
C2
D1
D2
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO.
NO 2)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR WIPER MOTOR)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
C
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RADIATOR LEFT
A
BLACK
B
2
BLACK
3
4
7
8
2
4
5
6
45
STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEMS
ACC
IG1
4 AM1
B–W
IG2
B–O
7
B–O
4
1J
12
1I
5
C1
B–O
B–O
A IGNITION SW
3 1J
7 1J
1 1A
2 1A
1 1K
7
1I
B–W
4 2F
12 K1
B–W
W–R
1 2F
(A/T)
(M/T)
W
B–W
2 1J
1
(M/T)
1
NEUTRAL
START SW
(A/T)
2
B–Y
3
1
2
W–R
D
CLUTCH
START SW
(M/T)
4 2B
W
2
C
B–W
3 2B
12
D1
B–O
B–W
W–R
W
8 AM2
ST1 1
1
FL O. 5G
4
B
STARTER
RELAY
(M/T)
3
1
B–O
1
W–B
14 K1
B
(A/T)
(M/T)
B–W
(M/T)
B
2
B
G
(W/ ALL–TRAC/ 4WD)
B–R
(FWD)
2
1 F
1
G
E
H
COLD
START
INJECTOR
1
M
BATTERY
W–B
STARTER
11 1N
D
46
B (A/T)
B–W
FUSIBLE
LINK BOX
(A/T)
B–W(M/T)
B
B–W (M/T)
30A AM2
80A ALT
B–W
4
5
START
INJECTOR
TIME
SW
1
2
STJ STA
(3S–FE)
B–O
(3S–FE)
(2VZ–FE)
B–O
(2VZ–FE)
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
IGNITION COIL AND
DISTRIBUTOR
1
M
1
I DISTRIBUTOR
G2
G–
G1
2
3
K
NOISE
FILTER
5
IGNITER
NE
3
DISTRIBUTOR
2
1
G1
G–
2 N
3 N
IGNITER
NE
6
1 P
G–
W
4 P
G1
W–R
W
3 P
SEALED
B
20
IGF
W–B
3
1
1 N
R
L
NE
B
L
1
G–
W–G
B
14
G1
W–R
R
13
G2
SEALED
Y
4
2
3
O
2
4
4
W–L
5 P
8 Q
IGF
IGT
B
1
J
2
M
IGT
TCCS ECU
NE
TCCS ECU
B
BR
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
TO TACHOMETER
B
B
BR
TO A/C AMPLIFIER
B
TO TACHOMETER
W–B
B
B
47
STARTING AND IGNITION SYSTEM
SERVICE HINTS
(A) IGNITION SW
4–1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
8–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(C) CLUTCH START SW
2–1 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
STARTER RELAY
(1) 2–(1) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
STARTER
POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
(D) NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)
2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
(G) COLD START INJECTOR
2–1 : VOLT WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
(H) START INJECTOR TIME SW
POINTS OPEN ABOVE 35°C (95°F)
2–1 : APPROX. 20–40 Ω BELOW 30°C (86°F)
2–1 : APPROX. 40–60 Ω ABOVE 40°C (104°F)
2–GROUND : APPROX. 20–80 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
CODE
I11
28
G
B
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C
C10
28
D
N1
E
F
SEE PAGE
C2
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
H
S2
I
D7
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
J
S4
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
S3
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
SEE PAGE
1A
18
1I
18
25
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
N
D9
25
24
O
I2
25
I3
24
P
T3
28
K
N2
24
Q
T4
28
L
T4
28
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1J
18
1K
18
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
C1
D1
K1
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO.
NO 2)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
B
D
48
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
SEE PAGE
D8
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
CODE
M
49
CHARGING SYSTEM
W
W
6
2B
7. 5A
CHARGE
Y
W
10 D1
B–Y
6 F2
Y
B–Y
15 1L
B–O
4 2G
B–O
W
W
9 1G
10A
ENGINE
W
7. 5A
IGN
1 C1
3
B
CHARGE
WARNING
LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
80A ALT
5
3 C 2 C 1 C
1 D
IG
B
L
S
Y
2
IC REGULATOR
BATTERY
50
W
W
Y
B–Y
15 L1 (EX. 3S–FE FWD)
15 L4 (3S–FE FWD)
A
FUSIBLE LINK BOX
Y
FL 0. 5G
8
ALTERNATOR
SERVICE HINTS
ALTERNATOR
(C) 1–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)
(C) 2–GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C
A17
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
B
C11
28
D
A16
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
CODE
SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1G
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B
2G
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
C1
D1
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO.
NO 2)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
32 (3S–FE)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
A
B
BLACK
C
BLACK
D
1
3
2
5
1
8
2
3
51
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE TCCS SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE E/G, T/M, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS
GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE E/G COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES
ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS
ECU.
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU.
OX SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OF THE ECU.
RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE FROM THE IGNITER.
THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL VTA (W/ECT), PSW (W/O ECT) OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL SPD OF THE ECU.
A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL A/C
OF THE ECU.
BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ECU
OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU.
INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL
TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU. INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER THERE IS ALSO A SW FOR FUEL PUMP OPERATION, AND WHEN THE
MEASURING PLATE OPENS (AIR INTAKE OCCURS), THIS SW TURNS ON AND CURRENT FLOWS TO THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE IT.
STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL
SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ECU.
STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE E/G IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND IS INPUT
AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL
NSW OF THE ECU.
ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH ELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE
ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1] TO [12]) INPUTS TO THE ECU.
BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND
CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE ECU, CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM
WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11]) INPUT TO THE ECU FROM EACH
SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND
CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU. THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION
TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE E/G IS COLD
AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT
SIGNALS [1, 4, TO 8, 11, 12, 13,]), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 AND ISC2, AND CONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN
THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL
BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES)
RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
52
SERVICE HINTS
(B) (C) (D) (E) INJECTOR
1–2 : APPROX 13.8 Ω
EFI MAIN RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(H) CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY
1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (AIR FLOW METER) OPEN
(Q) AIR FLOW METER
1–2 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING MEASURING PLATE OPEN
5–6 : 200–600 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–1200 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
5–4 : 200–400 Ω
5–7 : 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
(T) 2–4, : 0.2–0.8 KΩ WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND
(S) 3–2 STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN)
(T) 3–4, : 2.3 KΩ OR LESS WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND
(S) 1–2 STOP SCREW 0.5 MM (0.020 IN) Ω WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN)
(T) 2–4, (S) 3–2 : 3.3–10 KΩ WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
(T) 1–(T) 4 : 3–7 KΩ
(R) EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR
1–2 : 10–20 KΩ (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 KΩ (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 KΩ (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 KΩ (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 KΩ (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 KΩ (80°C, 176°F)
TCCS ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED UNIT)
VOLTAGES AT ECU CONNECTORS
(M) 2–(O) 7
: 10–14 VOLTS (ALWAYS)
(M) 1,8–(O) 7 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(N) 6–(O) 7
: 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
(M) 5–(N) 14 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(M) 4–(N) 14 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.02–0.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
2–4 VOLTS (IDLING)
(M) 3–(N) 14 : 1–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
(N) 10–(N) 14 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
(O) 3–(O) 7
: 6–14 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)
(N)9, 18–(O)7 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(O) 8–(O) 7
: 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (IDLING)
(N) 7–(O) 7
: 0.5 OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 SHORT)
: 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT SHORT)
(N) 15–(O) 7 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SW ON)
(N) 8–(O) 7
: 8–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (”CHECK” ENGINE WARNING LIGHT OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)
(N)11–(N)14 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
(N) 11–(O) 7 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(N) 6–(N) 14 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
(O) 4–(O) 5
: 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(O) 9–(O) 10 : 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE
(N) 16–(O) 7 : VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
RESISTANCE AT COMPUTER
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
(N) 6–(N) 14 : Ω (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) LESS THAN 2.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(N) 11–(N) 14 : 3.3–10 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0.2–0.8 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(N) 6–(O) 7
: Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(N) 11–(O) 7 : 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(M) 4–(N) 14 : 20–400 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED) 20–3000 Ω (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
(M) 3–(N) 14 : 2–3 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
(N) 10–(N) 14 : 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
(N) 3–(N) 4
: 140–180 Ω
53
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
B–O
B–O
A
IG2
ST1
7
1
B–O
B–W
IGNITION
SW
4 1J
7 1J
7. 5A
IGN
15A
EFI
2
1I
(M/T)
13 D1
4
4 C1
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
B
1I
(A/T)
B–W
B–O
F
CLUTCH
START SW
(M/T)
2
7 2A
3 2C
5 2G
B–W (A/T)
1
B–W (M/T)
(M/T)
12 D1
3
B (A/T)
7
B–W
1I
B–O
12
W–R
B–W
B–W (M/T)
1
1
1K
TO COLD START
INJECTOR
START INJECTOR
TIME SW
6 2G
B–O
6
W–L
2G
B–O
5 C1
W–R
1
(M/T)
1
(A/T)
B–Y (M/T)
B–W
W–R
2
2
1
3
H
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
W–B
W–B
4
7 K1
1
B–O
1
W–B
B (A/T)
3
B–W (M/T)
2
STARTER
RELAY
4
6
G
W–R
1
B
B–O
B–O
4 L4
4 L1
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
L–B
B–W
14 K1
2
L–B
7 H1
10 V3
G
W–B
I
L–B
FUEL
PUMP
L–B
G
B–W (M/T)
3
B (A/T)
1
W
INJECTOR
NEUTRAL
START SW(A/T)
NO. 3
2
1
1
M
2
W–B
W
W
Y
Y
Y
W
B–W
B–O
B–O
E
1
W
Y
1
2
W
NO. 4
D
Y
NO. 2
2
C
NO. 1
2
B–O
B–O
B–O
B
L–B
L–B
B–O
B–W
W–B
B (A/T)
B–W
(M/T)
B–W (M/T)
B–W
B–W
C
54
W–B
(FWD)
W–B
W–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
K
I
B–O
Y
9
3B
G–W
G–W
W
E2
THA
AIR FLOW METER
W–B
E
Y–G
R–L
U
(W/ ECT)
BR
EGR GAS
TEMP. SENSOR
2
W
BR
1
(W/O ECT)
BR
Y–G
BR
L
BR
BR
BR
3 S 1 S 2 S (W/ ECT)
2 T 3 T 4 T (W/O ECT)
THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
V
3
6
E1
FP
T
+B
11
4
OX2
OX1
VF
1
8
9
R–W
Q
FC
7
W–R
1
T
12
L–B
7
BR
L
1
BR
5
VS
SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
6
THG
L
1
T
G
W–B
4
VC
P
E2
14
TO ECT ECU
L–R
L–R
V–Y
BR
IDL
6
(W/ ECT)
2
B–R (W/O ECT)
R
11
ACT
TCCS ECU
L–B
11
10
BR
Y–R
W–B
L–R
Y–L
V–Y
6 L4 (FWD)
6 L1 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
PSW VTA
THW
3
B–R
E21 THA
12
G
VS
4
EFI WATER
TEMP. SENSOR
VC
5
16
STP
N
SPD
8
11
ELS
(SEALED)
9
L3
L–B
7
L2
W
13
L1
5 J1
11 J3
R–L
6
14 L4
14 L1
10 K1
CHECK
CONNECTOR
ECT
J/B NO. 3
G–R
G
14
+B1 BATT
10
3
CHECK ENGINE
[COMB. METER]
6
9
R–L
G–R
K
L
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
3 F1
M
2
TO A/C
AMPLIFIER
Y
STOP LIGHT
SW
G–B
Y–R
Y–B
Y–G
W–L
L–B
W–R
2
4 K1
Y–B
W–R
1
J
3
Y–B
8
2 1F
1
FROM
ECT ECU
1 K1
+B
11 1L
Y–B
W–R
W–R
7. 5A
GAUGE
G–R
TO CRUISE
CONTROL
COMPUTER
W–L
20A
STOP
G–W
FROM ELECTRICAL
IDLE–UP DIODE
B–O
2
L–B
R–W
W–R
W–R
W
W
Y
Y
B (A/T)
B (A/T)
B–W (M/T)
B–W (M/T)
B–W
W–B
B–W
E
55
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
56
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
I11
28
B
I5
C
I7
D
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
K
C13
28
V
C1
25
25
L
C11
28
W
D8
25
25
M
T2
28
X
D9
25
I4
25
N
T3
28
Y
I2
25
E
I6
25
O
T4
28
Z
O3
25
F
C10
28
P
C13
28
a
I1
25
G
N1
25
Q
A15
25
b
O4
25
H
C8
28
R
E2
25
I
F7
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
S
T1
25 (W/ECT)
I
F8
26 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
T
T1
25 (W/O ECT)
J
S9
28
U
E3
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1F
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1I
1J
1K
1L
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
32
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (ALL–TRAC/4WD, BACK PANEL LEFT)
J1
J3
K1
L1
L4
V3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B
32
INTAKE MANIFOLD
C
32
RADIATOR LEFT
E
34
LEFT KICK PANEL
I
K
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36 (S/D)
LEFT REAR FENDER
BACK PANEL CENTER (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
57
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–FE)
58
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THE TCCS SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE E/G, T/M, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS
GIVEN HERE.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1)
WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE WATER TEMP. SENSOR DETECTS THE E/G COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING
TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS ECU.
(2)
INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A
CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ECU.
(3)
OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST. EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 OF THE ECU. TO
MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS
ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU (HT).
(4)
RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND E/G RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION
IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G1 AND G2, OF THE ECU, AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE.
(5)
THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL
VTA OF THE ECU, OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL.
(6)
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED SENSOR, INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO
TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ECU.
(7)
NEUTRAL START SW SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)
THE NEUTRAL START SW DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL
NSW OF THE ECU.
(8)
A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL A/C OF
THE ECU.
(9)
BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, VOLTAGE FOR ECU
OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU. ALSO, CURRENT FLOWS VIA THE IGN FUSE TO
TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ECU.
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL
TO TERMINAL VS OF THE ECU. INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER THERE IS ALSO A SW FOR FUEL PUMP OPERATION, AND WHEN THE MEASURING
PLATE OPENS (AIR INTAKE OCCURS), THIS SW TURNS ON AND CURRENT FLOWS TO THE FUEL PUMP TO OPERATE IT.
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE E/G IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND IS INPUT
AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE ECU.
(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL SYSTEM
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THE ECU.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1] TO [11]) INPUTS TO THE ECU.
BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND
CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20 AND #30 OF THE ECU. CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM
WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE ECU, FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 12]) INPUT TO THE ECU FROM
EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE ECU, THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND
CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE ECU.
THIS OUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS
LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM
EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS [1, 4, 9, 10, 11]), CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (STEP MOTOR TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE E/G IS COLD AND
WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ECU EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT
SIGNALS [1, 4 TO 8, 11]), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISC1 ISC2, ISC3 AND ISC4, AND CONTROLS THE ISC VALVE.
* FUEL PRESSURE–UP SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS AND IMMEDIATELY AFTER
STARTING IN ORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING. THE
ECU EVALUATES THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (1, 2, 4 AND 12), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU AND CONTROLS THE VSV.
59
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM
WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTIONING IN THE ECU SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION SYSTEM IS
RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE
CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM
WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY
CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM
BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ECU MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
SERVICE HINTS
(C) (D) (E) (F) (G) (H) INJECTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 13.8 (I) NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)
2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
EFI MAIN RELAY
4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
(J) CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY
2–1 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (AIR FLOW METER) OPEN
(T) AIR FLOW METER
2–1 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE OPEN
5–6 : 200–600 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
20–1200 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
5–4 : 200–400 5–7 : 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
(U) EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR
2–1 : 10–20 K (–20°C, –4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)
2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)
0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)
0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
0.2–0.4 K (80°C, 176°F)
(Y) THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
2–4 : 0.3–6.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)
3–4 : LESS THAN 2.3 K WITH CLERANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.30 MM (0.0118 IN.)
Ω WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.70 MM (0.0276 IN.)
2–4 : 3.5–10.3 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULYY OPEN
1–4 : 4.25–8.25 K
(Z) EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
1–2 : 69.40–88.50 K (50°C, 122°F)
11.89–14.37 K (100°C, 212°F)
2.79–3.59 K (150°C, 302°F)
(c) OXYGEN SENSOR
1–2 : APPROX. 5.1–6.3 60
TCCS ECU (ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED UNIT)
VOLTAGE AT ECU WIRING CONNECTORS
(P) 2, 4, 12, 13–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(P) 1–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS
(Q) 1–(Q) 9
: 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(Q) 12–(Q) 9 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)
(Q) 11–(Q) 9 : 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THRTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
(P) 11–(R) 24 : 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)
(R) 11, 12, 25–(R) 13, 26 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(P) 5–(R) 24 : 8–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)
(R) 20–(R) 24 : 0.7–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(R) 4, 5, 6, 7–(R) 24 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)
(Q) 2–(Q) 9
: 4–5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.02–0.08 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
2–4 VOLTS (IDLING)
: 0.3–1.0 VOLTS (3000 RPM)
(Q) 3–(Q) 9
: 1–3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
(Q) 4–(Q) 9
: 0.1–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
(P) 10–(R) 24 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SWITCH ON)
(R) 22–(R) 24 : 4–6 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND HEATER BLOWER SW ON)
(Q) 15–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 NOT SHORT)
0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND CHECK CONNECTOR T–E1 SHORT)
(Q) 22–(R) 24 : 0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION P OR N RANGE)
10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION EX. P OR N RANGE)
(Q) 13–(R) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS (STOP LIGHT SW ON)
RESISTANCE AT ECU WIRING COECTORS
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
(Q) 12–(Q) 9 : Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0 OR 2300 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(Q) 11–(Q) 9 : 3.5–10.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)
0.3–6.3 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
(Q) 1–(Q) 9
: 200–400 Ω
(Q) 3–(Q) 9
: 2–3 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)
(Q) 4–(Q) 9
: 0.2–0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)
(R) 2, 15–(R)14 : 140–180 KΩ
(R) 1–(R) 14 : 140–180 KΩ
(Q) 2–(Q) 9
: 200–600 KΩ (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
20–1200 KΩ (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
(R) 4, 5, 6, 7–(P) 12 : 10–30 Ω
61
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
B–O
IG2
ST1
7
1
B–O
B–W
7. 5A
IGN
4 1J
7 1J
15A
EFI
2
W–L
2G
B–O
1I
B–O
B–O
1
1K
B–W(M/T)
B–Y
13 D1
B–Y
4 C1
TO COLD START
INJECTOR
START INJECTOR
TIME SW
6 2G
B
1
1I
EFI
MAIN
RELAY
3
B
CLUTCH
START SW
(M/T)
2
7 2A
3 2C
B(A/T)
B–O
1
B–W (M/T)
12 D1
4
B–W(A/T)
B–W
7
(M/T)
1I
B–O
12
5 2G
2
B–W
5 C1
W–R
6
B–W(M/T)
IGNITION SW
A
B–O
B–Y
1
4
STARTER
RELAY
3
J
CIRCUIT
OPENING
RELAY
W–B
4
6
B–W
L–B
1
W–B
2
GR
B–W
L–B
L–B
4 L1
G–R
B–W(M/T)
L–B
2
W–B
7 H1
K
3
L–B
2
I
H
NEUTRAL
START SW(A/T)
1
B(A/T)
Y
2
G
B–W(A/T)
NO. 3
1
NO. 6
NO. 2
2
Y
2
GR
2
F
B–O
1
W
E 1
14 K1
NO. 1
B–O
D 1
B–O
B–O
B–O
C 1
INJECTION
B–O
B–O
NO. 4
B–O
NO. 5
B–O
W
B–O
W–B
W–B
B–W(M/T)
B–O
B–O
12 K1
B(A/T)
1
W–B
1
2
W–R
3
W–R
B(A/T)
2
W–R
1
B–W(M/T)
1
B–O
L–B
FUEL
PUMP
1
M
2
W
W
Y
Y
GR
GR
B(A/T)
B–W(M/T)
B–W(M/T)
W–B
B–W
W–B
B–W
C
62
I
B–O
B–O
20A
STOP
TO
PATTERN SELECT SW
7. 5A
GAUGE
W–L
B–O
B–Y
Y
W–R
3 F1
1 N (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
1 O (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
Y
W–R
11 1L
G–R
2 1F
L–R
STOP LIGHT
SW
J/B
NO. 3
G–R
14
L1
CHECK ENGINE
[COMB. METER]
5
13
7
1
W
BK
P
P
O
Y–B
G–O
R–B
R
Y–L
O
TO A/T
INDICATOR
VC
1
VS
THA
2
THW
3
4
U
6 L1
2
1
BR
Y–L
20 L1
L–R
2
3
6
5
1 FC
W–B
G–R
4
E2
S
VS
R
R–B
18 L1
L–W
G–O
17 L1
TO BACK UP LIGHT
Y–B
5 L1
TO O/D MAIN SW
B–G
7 L1
TO
A/C AMPLIFIER
1 K1
SP1
9
BR
2
15
Y–R
L
14
L–R
N
16
L–W
6
L–R
CHK
VC
R
3
SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
OD2
20
V–Y
OD1
21
3 J3
B–W
B–W(M/T)
B(A/T)
A/C
10
V–Y
NSW
22
TO CRUISE
CONTROL
COMPUTER
STA
11
Q
G
2
EFI WATER TEMP.
SENSOR
4
+B +B1 M–REL IGSW BATT
Y
13
3 L1
T AIR FLOW METER
7
THA
12
10 K1
L–R
9
M
G–W
6
L
GR
R–L
TCCS ECU
G–W
9 3B
W–L
B–O
B–Y
W–R
W–R
3 N (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
2 O (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
E
2
W–B
L–B
L–B
W–R
W–R
W
W
Y
Y
GR
GR
L–W
L–W
B–W
W–B
B–W
E
63
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
TO STARTER
INJECTOR
G2
NE
G1
G–
B
B–O
(SEALED)
W DISTRIBUTOR
B
TO TACHO
METER
TO A/C
AMPLIFIER
FROM
ECT SOLENOID
B–O
4
1
1
2
3
2
VSV (FUEL
PRESSURE UP)
B
L
R
3
Y
4
G–B
IGNITER
L–Y
V
G
V–R
W–R
V
X
2
1
19
ACT
18
S1
S2
17
10
SL
2
STJ
1
G2
15
NE
14
G1
G–
E02
5
7
4
12
11
25
R–Y
W
Y
GR
# 10 # 20 # 30
6
1
6
4
3
13
4
3
2
8
1
c
OXYGEN
SENSOR
(MAIN)
3
4
d
ISC VALVE
2
2
5
BR
1
3
W–R
2 d1
W–R
BR
W–R
BR
W
W–R
L–B
W–B
BR
BR
W–B
OX2 TE1 VF OX
b CHECK
CONNECTOR
FP
+B
E1
12 L1
L–Y
E1
24
BR
ISC4
W–L
ISC1
R–G
8
W
15
(SEALED)
W
a
4
L–B
8
ISC2
4 L2
(SEALED)
2 L2
Z
OXYGEN
SENSOR
(SUB)
1
Y THROTTLE
POSITION SENSOR
HT
6
(SEALED)
4
OX1
14
W
3
8
BR
1 d1
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W–R
W
W
Y
Y
GR
GR
1
L2
B
(SEALED)
BR
2
KNK
LG–R
L–R
15
5
VF
Y–G
B
L
BR
BR
T
ISC3
L–G
10
2
L–W
26
E01
G–Y
OX2
R–L
11
THG
(SEALED)
12
VTA
R–L
IDL
1
1
13
R
EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR
(CALIFORNIA)
BR
GR
9
9
FPU
Q
E2
W–B
22
IGT
W–B
20
IGF
B–R
3
L–B
W–G
TCCS ECU
W–R
10 J3
W–B
BR
1
W–B
e
KNOCK
SENSOR
E
64
B
A
BLACK
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
GRAY
1 2
1
7
(SEALED)
K
1
1
I
2
J
GRAY
3
1
DARK GRAY
2
4
2
L
S
BROWN
DARK GRAY
3
6
M
2
W–R
2 3
6
9
W–B
W–B
1
N
O
1
1
3
2
2 3
14 15
5
6
2
4
a
1
DARK GRAY
7
8
2
3
4
4
5
1
9 10 11 12 13
22
24 25 26
W
c
DARK GRAY
1
2
3
4
X
6
b
1
3
9
1
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
T
BLACK
4
5
4
2
3
U
6 7
Y
4
DARK GRAY
20 21 22
1
BLACK
Z
1
1 2 3 4
DARK GRAY
6
8
2
Q
9 10 11
BLUE
1 2
DARK GRAY
1
2 3
DARK GRAY
12 13 14 15 16
R
17 18 19 20
DARK GRAY
V
1
3
4
P
5
6
7
8
DARK GREEN
2
DARK GRAY
2
d
GRAY
e
1
2
3
1
4
5
6
GREEN
11
W–R
W–B
W–B
65
ENGINE CONTROL (2VZ–FE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
I11
28
L
C13
28
W
D7
24
B
C10
28
M
C11
28
X
V3
24
C
I8
24
N
S9
28
Y
T1
24
D
I7
24
O
S9
28
Z
E3
24
E
I5
24
P
T2
28
a
O6
28
F
I6
24
Q
T3
28
b
C1
24
G
I4
24
R
T4
28
c
O3
24
H
I9
24
S
C13
28
d
I1
24
I
N1
24
T
A15
24
e
K2
24
J
C8
28
U
E2
24
K
F7
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
V
I3
24
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1F
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1I
1J
1K
1L
2A
2C
2G
3B
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
30
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J3
34
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
30
SENSOR WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (ABOVE THE ENGINE HEAD COVER)
L1
L2
d1
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B
30
INTAKE MANIFOLD
C
30
RADIATOR LEFT
E
34
LEFT KICK PANEL
I
66
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP SYSTEM
6 1N
3 1L
G
B
15A
TAIL
1
3
15A
EFI
DARK GRAY
1 2 3
2 2G
1
2
8
9
(ALL–TRAC/4WD) C
DARK GRAY
DARK GRAY
W–L
(FWD) B
2
G–B
A DIODE
(ALL–TRAC/4WD) B
ORANGE
A
10A
MIR–
HTR
1
9
2
18
4 K1
9
G
8
9 B
2 B
ELS
BATT
TCCS ECU
(FWD) C
9 C
7 D
W–R
(ALL–TRAC/4WD) D
DARK GRAY
9
7
18
2
+B
1
3
ISC2
ISC1
B
E
DARK GRAY
E1
BR
ISC1
18 C
W–R
1 B
W–R
8 B
ISC2
Y
+B1
G–B
+B
(FWD) D DARK GRAY
E
YELLOW
ISC VALVE
1 2 3
7
SERVICE HINTS
(A) DIODE (ELECTRICAL IDLE–UP)
1–GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
D10
28
C
T3
28
B
T2
28
D
T4
28
CODE
E
SEE PAGE
I1
25
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1L
1N
2G
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
K1
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
B
SEE PAGE
32
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
67
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
3
20A
DOME
3
4
7. 5A
GAUGE
4
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
1
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
2
1
5
3 1A
W
2 1M
5 2F
G–R
14 1B
R–Y
1 2B
G
L–Y
2 2F
(CANADA)
7 1B
LG
L–Y
(USA)
4 1D
1 2D
5 1M
R–G
G
W
LG
(CANADA)
INTEGRATION RELAY
(J/B NO. 1)
G
W
6
5
40A MAIN
80A ALT
6
S
R
Q
R
S
Q
10
OFF
B
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
DOOR
COURTESY
SW
(FRONT LH)
FUSIBLE LINK
BOX
TAIL
HEAD
BATTERY
BR
11
3 1M
D
68
H–LP
T
2
H
4
R–W
(CANADA)
1 A
4 A
R
2
D [COMB. SW]
1
C
TAIL
3 A
G
5 1D
5
2 A
R–G
7
1
(CANADA)
3
R–W
RUNNING
LIGHT RELAY
E
2
13
(USA)
2 1D
2 2B
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL A 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND TO
TERMINAL A 3 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION
<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAILLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL A 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY.
ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL A 2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 1 → TERMINAL
2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS A 1 AND A 4 OF THE
INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL A 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO
TERMINAL A 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND
CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
WITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’S
SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF
WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL A 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL A 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL A 3 TO
TERMINAL A 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY.
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY
7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(A) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION
(A) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION
(A) 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION
(A) 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A
I12
28
C
D19
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D
C14
28
E
R2
SEE PAGE
28 (CANADA)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
1B
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D
2F
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A
B BLACK
D BLACK
C BLUE
E
1
2 3
4 5
2
1 2 3 4
2
5
11
13
6
69
HEADLIGHTS (USA)
1 2B
3
15A
HEAD LH
4
15A
HEAD RH
4 2E
5
5 2F
7 2E
1 2A
3 2A
R–Y
1
R
G
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
R–Y
W
6
7 1B
3
3
4
1
2
1
2
R–W
R–G
R–G
R–L
B
R–W
8
1M
R–L
5
1B
R–L
18 1G
R–L
R–W
R–Y
R–G
R–L
1 D1
10 F2
E [COMB. SW]
14
12
3
R–L
13
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
OFF
TAIL
4
HEAD
LOW
2
HIGH
W–B
DIMMER
SW
F
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
FLASH
11
9
BR
W–B
3 3B
J/B NO. 3
W–B
3 1M
D
RH
R–Y
(W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)
BATTERY
INTEGRATION
RELAY(J/B NO. 1)
R–W
6 1M
HEADLIGHTS
R–W
5 1M
3
D
R–L
LH
2
70
C
R–W
40A MAIN
A
FUSIBLE
LINK
BOX
7 1M
3 1F
8
F1
W–B
SERVICE HINTS
HEADLIGHT RELAY
4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION
PLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C
H1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
E
C14
28
B
I12
28
D
H2
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
F
C12
28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE CMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1F
1G
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30 (2VZ–FE)
D1
32 (3S–FE)
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO.
NO 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
F2
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
D
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A BLACK
B
3 4
2
C
D
1 2 3
F
E BLACK
3
9
2
11
4
12 13 14
6
71
HEADLIGHTS (CANADA)
G
W
R–B
W
G
1
1
7. 5A
GAUGE
B
INTEGRATION RELAY
1 2D
4
3
10A
ECU–B
2
R–W
9 1N
1
2 2B
2
LG
80A FL ALT
(W/O INTEGRATION
RELAY)
G
R
R–G
G
5
R–L
A
40A FL MAIN
FUSIBLE LINK
BOX
6
R–G
W
1
1
12
(W/O INTEGRATION
RELAY)
R–W
R–B
2
C
[COMB. SW]
13
2
14
12
13
6
2
4
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
DIMMER
SW
LOW
HIGH
FLASH
11
9
BATTERY
10
BR
W–B
RUNNING LIGHTS
CONTROL RELAY
W–B
D
W–B
3 1M
7 1M
3 1F
5
D
72
4
H
G
R–L
W
W
1 2B
3 1A
R–B
R–L
2
2
1K
2
2
DIMMER
RELAY
1
3
4
3
4
1
5
1
2
1
15A
HEAD–HI
(LH)
HEADLIGHT
RELAY
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
15A
HEAD–HI
(RH)
2
1
2
3
2
2
4
2
5 2F
TO
TAILLIGHT
7 2E
2
2
W
2
R–Y
2 1M
R–B
R–B
7 1B
R–G
1 D1
R–B
15A
HEAD–LO (LH)
15A
HEAD–LO (RH)
4 2E
5 1M
R–W
5
14
R–W
R–G
3
3 2A
R
G–R
1 2A
5
1B
R–G
R–L
R–G
18 1G
2
1
F 2
F
1
10 F2
HEADLIGHT
R–L
LH
8
3
W–B
2
W–B
7
3
E
HIGH BEAM INDICATOR
LIGHT[COMB. METER]
W–B
4
RH
W–B
TO CLOCK
8
F1
W–B
NO. 3
J/B
W–B
W–B
Y
G
3 3B
FROM TERMINAL” L”
OF ALTERNATOR
C
73
HEADLIGHTS (CANADA)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM FL ALT → TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF RUNNING
LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, FL MAIN → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 5 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, AND FL
ALT → ECU–B FUSE → TERMINAL 12 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE
RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY.
1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE IS PRODUCED AT TERMINAL L OF THE ALTERNATOR AND WHEN VOLTAGE IS APPLIED
TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY, THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT
FLOWS FROM THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL, LICENSE, SIDE MARKER AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS
→ GROUND, AND FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY → TERMINAL 4 HEAD FUSES (LOW
SIDE) → HEADLIGHTS → GROUND.
ACCORDINGLY, EVEN IF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS IN OFF POSITION, EACH LIGHT MENTIONED HERE LIGHTS UP. THIS SYSTEM
OPERATES UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF.
2. TAILLIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO THE TAILLIGHT POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL
SIDE) ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF INTEGRATION
RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, TURNING THE TAILLIGHT
RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO FLOW FROM THE TAILLIGHT RELAY → TAIL FUSE
→ TAIL, LICENSE, SIDE MARKER AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS → GROUND, CAUSING THE TAILLIGHTS TO LIGHT UP.
AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE ECU–B FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL
RELAY TO TERMINAL 7, PROVIDING POWER FOR ILLUMINATION OF THE CLOCK.
3. HEADLIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION AND THE DIMMER SW TO LOW SIDE, THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 4
→ TERMINAL 3 OF INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF LIGHT CONTROL SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 11 →
GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO FLOW FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY →
TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY TERMINAL 4 → HEAD LH (LO), RH (LO) FUSE → HEADLIGHTS (LOW) → GROUND, SO THE
HEADLIGHTS (LOW) LIGHT UP.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SWITCHED TO THE HIGH SIDE, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF DIMMER RELAY → TERMINAL 3
→ TERMINAL 14 OF RUNNING LIGHT CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 12 OF DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND,
TURNING THE DIMMER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DIMMER RELAY TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 2 OF DIMMER RELAY →
HEAD LH (HI), RH (HI) HEADLIGHTS (HIGH) → GROUND, CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HIGH) TO LIGHT UP.
WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS TURNED TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 AND 14 OF THE RUNNING LIGHT
CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 14 OF DIMMER SW (COMB. SW) → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, SO THAT THE
HEADLIGHT RELAY AND DIMMER RELAY ARE ACTIVATED IN THAT ORDER AND THE HEADLIGHTS CHANGE TO FLASHING MODE.
WHEN THE HEADLIGHTS ARE LIGHTED UP (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF FLASHING MODE), THE TAILLIGHTS ARE LIGHTED UP AS
DESCRIBED IN PART 2 EARLIER.
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
HEADLIGHT RELAY
4–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
DIMMER RELAY
CHANGED FROM HEAD (LO) TO HEAD (HI) WITH DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION OR WITH HEADLIGHT RELAY ON AND
DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION
74
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D
R23
28
B
I12
28
E
C12
28
C
C14
28
F
H1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
CODE
F
H2
SEE PAGE
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
23
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1B
1F
1G
1K
1M
1N
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
D1
F1
F2
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
C
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RADIATOR LEFT
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
75
76
G
D
E
C
1
5
1C
1K
W–B
E2
2
1
D
1
10
3
H
1
OUT SIDE
HANDLE SW
2
W–B
F
5 1C
INTEGRATION RELAY
(J/B NO. 1)
2
3
6
1I
5 1D
13 E2
I
1
(DELUX)
1
R
L–Y
B
G
R
2
DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. MERER]
OFF
ON
INTERIOR LIGHT
(W/O MOON ROOF)
DOOR
OFF
ON
2
R–W
1
R–W
1
B–W
1
INTERIOR LIGHT
(W/ MOON ROOF)
DOOR
R–G
R–G
R–G(USA)
6 M1
RH
VANITY LIGHT
R–G
R–G
B
3 M1
G–Y(CANADA)
B–W
B
1 b1
2 b1
(DELUX)
5 1L
2
R–B
(CANADA)
L–Y
2 1C
(USA)
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R
1 P1
2
R–W
A
R–G
LH
R–G
L–Y
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
(LE)
4
MAP LIGHT
(W/O MOON ROOF)
MAP LIGHT
(W/ MOON ROOF)
R
3
R–W
W–B
W–B
P1
R–B
W–B(W/O MOON ROOF)
W–B(W/ MOON ROOF)
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/ DOOR LOCK)
4 1F
1 M1
5 F2
7
8
1
11 F2
2 M1
R
7 1G
(LE)
(LE)
4
6 1L
1
DIODE
J
Q
(DELUX)
1
R–W
1
O
11
R–W
R–W
R
S
REAR
RH
REAR
LH
DOOR COURTESY
SW
R–W
R–W
L–Y
4 X1
2
1
1
T
L–Y
(S/D)
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
1
2
1
LAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT(S/D)
5 X1
(STATION W/G)
2 O1
R
R
2 1D
LAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW(S/D)
(LE)
2
R–W
1 R–W
N
REAR INTERIOR LIGHT
(STATION W/G)
R
12 1N
BACK DOOR
COURTESY SW
(STATION W/G)
DIODE
R–W
6 1L
RH
R–W
5 O1
R–W
8 1L
R–W
1 E2
R–W
7 1L
1
R
2
R–W
2
DOOR
COURTESY
LIGHT
(LE)
(EX. USA W/O A. B. S. )
J
R–W
4 E2
1
R–W
L
R–W
LH
R–W
R–W
R
9 E2
(USA W/O A. B. S. )
R–Y
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)
2
M
R–W
R–G
1
(W/ A. B. S)
R–B
K
R–W
R–Y
L–Y
W–B
R–Y
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)
1
(W/O A. B. S)
G–R
2
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT RH
FROM DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY
20A
D0ME
4 1D
14 1B
L–Y
2 2F
L–Y
1
2
P
2 V3 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
2 V2 (S/D FWD)
1D
(W/G)
R–W
7 1N
6 W1
7 N1
4 N1
6 Y1
U
L
77
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/ DOOR LOCK)
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY NO. 1 (J/B NO. 1)
(1G) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN
20A DOME FUSE : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS
(1I) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR
OUTSIDE HANDLE HOLD UP
(1L) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN
0 VOLT → 12 VOLTS WITHIN 8.5 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSED
OR AFTER DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDEL HOLD UP
(H) OUTSIDE HANDLE SW (DRIVER’S DOOR)
1–3 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANL HOLD UP
(I) (Q) (R) (S) DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
(T) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (W/G)
2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN
(U) LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
M5
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B
M1
C
V1
D
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
I
D17
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
Q
D18
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
J
D12
28
Q
D19
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
K
I10
28
R
D21
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
V2
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
L
D23
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
R
D22
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E
I13
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
M
D15
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
S
D20
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
F
I13
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
N
D16
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
T
B8
27
G
C11
28
O
R15
27
U
L5
26
H
D23
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
P
L4
26
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1C
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1F
1G
1I
1K
1L
1N
2F
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
M1
34
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
N1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
P1
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO
NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF
ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
V2
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V3
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
X1
38
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
b1
78
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF
ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
G
L
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
38
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
BACK DOOR RIGHT
79
80
G
C
1
E
D
6 M1
1
5
1C
1K
D
W–B
2
1
F
1
2
10
3
13 E2
H
1
OUT SIDE
HANDLE SW
2
2
E2
W–B
2 b1
2 M1
5 1C
L–Y
R
G
R
2
DOOR WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
OFF
ON
INTERIOR LIGHT
(W/O MOON ROOF)
DOOR
B
R–G
OFF
ON
P1
R–W
1
INTERIOR LIGHT
(W/ MOON ROOF)
DOOR
B
3 M1
B–W
1
RH
R–G
1 b1
1
3
6
1I
5 1D
(DELUX)
(LE)
INTEGRATION RELAY
(J/B NO. 1)
4
I
(CANADA)
R–B
(U. S. A. )
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
R
B
VANITY LIGHT
R–G
L–Y
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT LH
1 P1
2
LH
R–G
2 1C
R
A
MAP LIGHT
(W/O MOON ROOF)
MAP LIGHT
(W/ MOON ROOF)
R
1
R–W
B–W
4
R–G
R–W
W–B
W–B
3
R–B
W–B(W/O MOON ROOF)
W–B(W/ MOON ROOF)
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/o DOOR LOCK)
4 1F
1 M1
5 F2
7
8
1
11 F2
7 1G
(LE)
20A
D0ME
L–Y
L–Y
L–Y
M
1
DOOR
COURTESY
LIGHT
LH
2
RH
2
1
1
2
O
7 1L
8 1L
6 1L
R–W
R–W
2 V3 (S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
2 V2 (S/D FWD)
4 X1
R–W
R–W
R–W
5 O1
R–B
1 E2
G–R
4 E2
R–W
K
N
R–W
R–G
2
J
LAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT(S/D)
1
REAR INTERIOR LIGHT
(STATION W/G)
2
L
L–Y
(S/D)
R
R
DOOR KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)
R
IGNITION KEY
CYLINDER LIGHT(LE)
1
1
2 2F
L–Y
5 X1
(STATION W/G)
2 O1
R
9 E2
2
14 1B
L–Y
4 1D
L–Y
L–Y
2 1D
L–Y
L–Y
12 1N
11
R–W
R–W
1D
(W/G)
7 1N
R–W
R–W
1
P
DIODE
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
(USA)
R–G
(USA)
G–Y
6 Y1
7 N1
R–W
1
2
R
S
REAR
RH
REAR
LH
1
DOOR COURTESY SW
T
1
LAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT SW(S/D)
DOOR COURTESY
SW FRONT RH
1
BACK DOOR
COURTESY
SW(STATION W/G)
1
Q
R–W
(CANADA)
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
(CANADA)
(USA)
1L
(W/O INTEGRATION
RELAY)
R–W
5
R–W
6 W1
2
U
L
81
INTERIOR LIGHTS (w/o DOOR LOCK)
SERVICE HINTS
INTEGRATION RELAY NO. 1 (J/B NO. 1)
(1G) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN
20A DOME FUSE : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS
(1I) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR
OUTSIDE HANDLE HOLD UP
(1L) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED
0 VOLT WITH ANY DOOR OPEN
0 VOLT → 12 VOLTS WITHIN 8.5 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSED
OR AFTER DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANDEL HOLD UP
(H) OUTSIDE HANDLE SW (DRIVER’S DOOR)
1–3 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OUTSIDE HANL HOLD UP
(I) (Q) (R) (S) DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
(T) BACK DOOR COURTESY SW (W/G)
2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH BACK DOOR OPEN
(U) LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
M5
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B
M1
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C
V1
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D
V2
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E
I13
F
CODE
I
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
D19
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
Q
D20
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
J
I10
28
Q
D21
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
K
D25
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
R
D23
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
L
D17
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
R
D24
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
M
D18
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
S
D22
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
I13
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
N
R15
27
T
B8
27
G
C11
28
O
L4
26
U
L5
26
H
D25
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
P
D13
28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1C
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1F
1G
1I
1K
1L
1N
2F
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
M1
34
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
N1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
P1
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO
NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF
ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
V2
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V3
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
X1
38
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
b1
82
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
INTERIOR LIGHT WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF
ROOF, ROOF LIGHT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
G
L
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
38
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
BACK DOOR RIGHT
83
ILLUMINATION
3
4
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
15A
TAIL
1
2
6
G
G
1N
3 1A
2 1M
LG
G
W
6 1F
1 F1
G
G
1 2D
J/B NO. 3
1
3
1
4 3B
11 3D
1
2
1
OFF
F
RHEOSTAT
TAIL
2
HEAD
3
11
12 3A
W–B
W–B
BR
B
1 3A
2 3A
J/B NO. 3
3 1M
3
1F
D
84
ECT PATTERN
SELECT SW
2
B
2
H
COMB. METER
(ANALOG)
1
G
G
G
G
E
G
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT SW
G
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
2
G–W
1
C
BATTERY
G
INTEGRATION
RELAY
(J/B NO. 1)
[COMB. SW]
8 3D
B
FUSIBLE LINK BOX
80A FL ALT
2
B
2
13 3A
D
A
5
6 3B
G
14 3A
GLOVE BOX
LIGHT
W
(W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)
2 2B
W–B
8
F1
W–B
B
B
B
B
6
2
1
O/D MAIN SW
2
4
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SW
1
4
11 3C
3 3C
5 3B
4 3D
11 3A
3
1
R
6
9
10 P
5 Q
2
3
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR LIGHT
O
G
G
G
1 3D
DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL SW
8 3C
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
5 3A
RADIO
N
A/T INDICATOR
(INSTRUMENT PANEL)
M
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
L
B
2
HAZARD SW
K
2 3D
B
4
J
7 3B
W–G
1
CRUISE CONTROL
MAIN SW
(W/G)
I
2 3C
B–R
REAR WIPER SW
9 3C
B
B–W
G
G
J/B NO. 3
6 3A
9 3D
S
1
2
10 3C
4 3C
4 3A
12 3D
J/B NO. 3
85
ILLUMINATION
A
BLACK
B
C
2
1 2
2
G
BLACK
11
5
HEATER CONTROL
SW
D
(CANADA)
GRAY
D
1 2
1
1
F
2
1
2
2
G
3
I
H
1
3
1
4
1
2
V
16 T
4 U
A/C SW
1
5 T
J
M
BLUE
K
L
BLUE
N
4
3 U
1
2
4
1 2
6
2
1
4
3
B–W
B–W
O
5
E
G
(LEVER SW TYPE A/C)
(PUSH SW TYPE A/C)
G
(LEVER SW TYPE A/C)
(USA)
P
I1
BLUE
Q
BLUE
6
9
10
B–R
5
10 3D
R
(W/ ECT)
R
2
2
J/B NO. 3
(W/O ECT)
S
1 2
3
3
T
U
V
3 4
5
16
86
1
2
4
6
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM OFF)
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(B) INTEGRATION RELAY
PLEASE REFFER TO LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
RHEOSTAT
(F) 1–2, : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY
TURNED CLOCK WISE
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
B
I12
28
C
C14
28
D
G1
28
E
G2
E
CODE
H
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
E5
28
P
R5
28
I
R7
28
Q
R4
28
J
C18
28
R
R7
28
K
H5
28
S
C6
28
28 (CANADA)
L
O1
28
T
H6
28
G3
28 (USA)
M
R6
28
U
H7
28
F
R10
28
N
C7
28
V
H6
28
G
C11
28
O
A26
28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1A
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1M
1N
3A
3B
3C
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
87
(W/ LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)
(W/O LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)
TAILLIGHTS
3
4
TAILLIGHT
RELAY
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
3 1A
2
2
1F
15
TAIL
3
F1
Y
Y
13
1B
J/B
NO. 3
2 1M
6 1D
14 1D
G
W
9 3B
R–L
G–R
C
10
F
Y–G
16 H1
E
Y
LG
LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
2
3
10
2
INTEGRATION
RELAY
(J/B NO. 1)
9
4
1
LG
G
80A FL ALT
5
(W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)
W
A
(W/ INTEGRATION
RELAY)
T
2
(W/O INTEGRATION RELAY)
B
RUNNING
LIGHTS
RELAY
2 2B
G
G
3
TAIL
G
6
G
REAR LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
G
(USA)
LG
(USA)
(CANADA)
Y–G
1 2D
FUSIBLE LINK BOX
G
G
G
G
2
(STATION W/G)
G
G
LG–R
TAIL
6 V3
1 V2
HEAD
4 U1
11
(STATION W/G)
LG
G
(S/D)
OFF
(S/D)
LG
LIGHT
CONTROL
SW
1
LG
V1
2
[COMB. SW]
BATTERY
LG
LG
D
W–B
G
G
G
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(S/D FWD)
LG
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
G
LG
LG–R(FW–D)
G
G
1 I
5 G
1 H
W–B
I
3
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
W–B
W–B
BR
D
88
4 I
W–B
W–B
5 K
1 L
W–B
RH
4 J
W–B
4 G
4 H
3 1M
1 J
TAILLIGHTS
[REAR COMB.
LIGHTS]
LH
W–B
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
4 K
4 L
W–B
W–B
(S/D)
U1
W–B
G
G
5 V3
5 V2
G
G
1 V1
G
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
G
6 U1
5 Y1
G
G
G
G
G
5 W1
(STATION W/G)
G
G
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(S/D FWD)
W–B
W–B
REAR
SIDE
MARKER
LIGHTS
2
1
P
Q
RH
LH
1
FRONT
1
CLEARANCE
AND
SIDE
MARKER
2
LIGHTS
2
R
RH
W–B
1
G
G
1
W–B
2
1
(S/D)
W–B
W–B
W–B
(STATION W/G)
W–B
W–B
O
LH
W–B
W–B
N
RH
G
2
LICENCE
PLATE
LIGHTS
G
2
LH
W–B
M
G
G
G
L
K
C
89
TAILLIGHTS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE LIGHT
FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR AND THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
TAIL LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS
OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 10 OF THE
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 4, AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND AND TURNS
THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
TAILLIGHT RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (INTEGRATION RELAY ON)
CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING
(C) INTEGRATION RELAY
PLEASE REFER TO LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 69)
(E) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
(DISCONNECT THE FAILURE SENSOR AND INSPECT THE CONNECTOR)
10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
9–GROUND : CONTINUITY
4–GROUND : CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
CODE
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
G
B
R2
28 (CANADA)
C
I12
28
D
C14
E
L3
F
C13
SEE PAGE
R11
26
H
R11
27
I
R12
26
28
J
R13
26
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
K
R14
28
L
R14
CODE
M
SEE PAGE
L1
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
N
L2
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
O
R16
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
P
R17
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26
Q
F1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
27
R
F2
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1A
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1M
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2B
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2D
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1B
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
U1
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)
V1
38
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
36
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
W1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
V2
V3
90
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
C
D
I
K
L
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
34
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
38
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RADIATOR LEFT
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
LEFT REAR FENDER
BACK PANEL CENTER
DECK RIGHT
91
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS
7. 5A
TURN
15A
HAZ–HORN
12 1G
3 2F
L
W
G–W
L
W
F2
A
HAZARD SW
10
8
W
(USA)
7
4 F2
(CANADA)
16
4
1G
1B
TURN SIGNAL SW
[COMB. SW]
B
OFF
RH
HAZARD
TURN
5
1
8
G–Y
6
G–W
5
G–B
G–W
(USA S/D STD)
G–L
9
(EX. USA S/D STD)
G–R
7
G–Y
LH
G–B
ON
G–Y
G–B
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
2
G–Y
G–B
G–W
(USA)
G–W
14 1G
1
1
17 F2
(CANADA)
G–R
(USA) 4 I1
(CANADA) 15 I1
G–W 6
1K
1
4
1M
G–W
G–B
3
G–Y
18 F2
G–B
G–Y
2 F2
10 1M
11 1G
19 1G
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
1
G–B
1 1M
3
1
I
10 1B
5
G–Y
92
6
V3 V2
I
C
3 3B
3 G (S/D)
3 H (STATION W/G)
REAR RH[REAR
COMB. LIGHT]
W–B
4 G (S/D)
4 H (STATION W/G)
A
J/B
NO. 3
8 F1
W–B
2
W–B
2
3
INDICATOR
LIGHTS
[COMB. METER]
2
G–Y
3 1F
W–B
FRONT RH
3
(S/D FWD)
(S/D ALL–TRAC/4WD)
F
W–B
FRONT LH
E
RH
G–Y
G–Y
D
4 C (S/D)
4 D (STATION W/G)
W–B
REAR LH[REAR
COMB. LIGHT]
14 1L
3 C (S/D)
3 D (STATION W/G)
LH
V1
4
G–Y
G–B
G–B
W–B
(STATION W/G)
15 1D
W–B
9 1B
G–Y
1 1D
K
D
SERVICE HINTS
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON
1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT,
OR WITH HAZARD SW ON
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
H5
28
D
R11
27
G
R14
26
B
C14
28
E
F3
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
H
R14
27
C
R11
26
F
F4
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
I
C12
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1F
1G
1K
1L
1M
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
V1
38
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
V2
36
V3
36
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
A
C
D
I
K
SEE PAGE
30 (2VS–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VS–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RIGHT FENDER
RADIATOR LEFT
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
36 (S/D)
BACK PANEL CENTER
38 (STATION W/G)
DECK RIGHT
A
B BLACK
C
G
D
H
E
3 2
3
5 6 7 8 9 10
5
1
3 4
F GRAY
4
8
I
1 2 3
93
STOP LIGHTS
(W/ LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)
(W/O LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR)
20A
STOP
7. 5A
GAUGE
2
1F
Y
6 1D
J/B
NO. 3
Y
G–R
11 1L
3
F1
Y
1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
9 3B
REAR LIGHT
WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
Y–G
R–L
STOP LIGHT
SW
3 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
G–W
6
10 1L
10
C
Y–G
D
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
7
Y
14 H1
G–W
8 1D
2
3
G–W
HOLD
CIRCUIT
9
G–R
W–B
1
G–W
G–W
G–R
G–W
G–W
4
G–R
G–R
G–W
G–R
G–W
(S/D)
(S/D)
G–R
4 V1 (STATION W/G)
(STATION W/G)
4 Y1 (STATION W/G)
2 U1
G–R
G–R
G–R
2 E
2 G
2 F
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
G–W
G–R
G–R
G–R
(S/D ALL– 1 V3
TRAC/4WD)
(S/D FWD) 3 V2
G–W
G–R
G–W
G–R
W1
2 H
2 I
2 J
2
STOP LIGHTS
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT]
LH
K
HIGH MOUNT
STOP LIGHT
RH
W–B
W–B
4 I
4 J
(STATION W/G)
W–B
W–B
4 H
(STATION W/G)
(S/D)
W–B
4 F
W–B
1
4 E
4 G
(S/D) W–B
W–B
3 U1
W–B
W–B
W–B
K
94
I
L
I
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR AND THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR.
STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS
OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 1 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT
FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED.
AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND AND TURNS
THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT
FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
STOP LIGHT SW
(A) 1–(A) 3 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(B) 1–(B) 2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(D) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
1, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON
2, 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
B
C
D
SEE PAGE
S9
S9
C13
L3
CODE
28
28
28
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E
F
G
H
SEE PAGE
R11
R12
R11
R13
CODE
26
26
27
26
I
J
K
R14
R14
H8
SEE PAGE
26
27
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1D
1F
1L
3B
SEE PAGE
18
18
18
22
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
F1
H1
U1
V1
V2
34
34
36
38
36
V3
W1
Y1
36
38
38
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
I
K
L
SEE PAGE
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT REAR FENDER
36 (S/D)
BACK PANEL CENTER
38 (STATION W/G)
38
DECK RIGHT
BACK DOOR RIGHT
F
2
4
A
B
1
1
3
2
H
G
C
BROWN
D
1 2
6
J
10
E
3
7
I
2
4
9
K
1 2
2
4
95
BACK–UP LIGHTS
7. 5A
GAUGE
R–L
11 1I
R–B
4 D1
R–L
3 C1
6 A (A/T)
2 B (M/T)
BACK–UP
LIGHT SW
R–B
5 A (A/T)
1 B (M/T)
R–B
5 L1
12 H1
1
R–B
R–B
R–L
W1
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
1 U1
3
BACK–UP LIGHT
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT]
LH
4
RH
4
W–B
W–B
D
E
1
1
BACK–UP LIGHT
[REAR COMB.
LIGHT]
LH
4
W–B
W–B
W–B
3 U1
I
96
L
F
RH
4
W–B
3
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–B
C
1 Y1
SERVICE HINTS
BACK–UP LIGHT SW
(A) 5–6. (B) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
N1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C
R12
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E
R12
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B
B1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D
R13
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
F
R13
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1I
SEE PAGE
18
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
C1
D1
SEE PAGE
30 (2VS–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VS–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO.
NO 2)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
U1
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)
W1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y1
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
I
36
LEFT REAR FENDER
L
38
BACK DOOR RIGHT
(A/T)
A
GRAY
(M/T)
B GRAY
C
D
E
F
1
4
5 6
1
2
4 3
97
FRONT WIPER AND WASHER
20A
WIPER
3
L–R
1B
9 1I
2
L
B
FRONT
WASHER
MOTOR
M
L–W
1
1 1B
DIODE
A
WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)
[COMB. SW]
2 1I
L–W
(W/O REAR WIPER)
2
C
16
W–B
1
DIODE
(FOR FRONT
WIPER)
L
LG
8
(W/ REAR WIPER)
WASHER
L–W
HIGH
LOW/MIST
INT
OFF
WIPER RELAY
18
L
L–O
W–B
6 D2
5 D2
1
2
4
3
+1
B
+S
13 1I
98
4 D2
+2
M
D
3 D2
L–Y
L–O
L–Y
13
L
L–B
L
7
L–B
L–Y
L–O
4
L–B
L
D WIPER MOTOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF
THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN
AT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITION
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO
RUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITION (W/ INT SW)
WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY
FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT
OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN
RELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHANGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THE
CONDENSER.
4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION (W/ INT CONTROL)
WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 →
TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN AND
WINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT (W/ INT SW) IN
TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND THE
WIPER FUNCTION.
SERVICE HINTS
(A) WIPER AND WASHER SW
16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY 4 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
(D) WIPER MOTOR
3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
C15
B
F5
CODE
SEE PAGE
28
C
D14
28
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D
W2
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
CODE
SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
D2
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
30 (2VZ–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
32 (3S–FE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A BLACK
4
B GRAY
7
1 2
8
1
13
16
C GRAY
2
D BLACK
1
3
2
4
18
99
REAR WIPER AND WASHER
A
GRAY
20A
WIPER
B REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW
1
2
WASHER 2
9
1I
3 1B
INT
B
L–R
OFF
REAR WASHER
MOTOR
L
M
5
7
LG–B
A
2
L–B
WASHER 1
5
8
1
7 8
L–B
LG–B
L–B
2
1 H1
7 H1
LG–B
L–B
L–B
C
4 W3
6 W3
GRAY
1 2
C
L
6 1B
DIODE
(FOR REAR WIPER)
1 W3
W–B
13 G1
D
LG–B
L–B
1 Y3
LG
L
1
8 F2
4 Y3
6 Y3
1
2
3
13 1G
W–B
L–B
L
LG–B
L–R
16 3C
1 D
2 D
3 D
4
6
REAR WIPER RELAY
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
1
8 F1
W–B
IC
2
3
+B
S
5
L
M
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
3 1F
D
100
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER
RELAY, TERMINAL +B OF THE REAR WIPER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 2 OF THE REAR WASHER MOTOR.
1. REAR WIPER OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED TO THE INT POSITION, THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OF REAR WIPER AND
WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT TO OPERATE SO THAT THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL L OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → GROUND. THIS
CAUSES THE WIPER MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER.
2. WASHER OPERATION (WIPER OFF)
WHEN THE WASHER SW IS PUSHED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE WIPER OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF
THE REAR WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 5 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW →
TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, AND THE WASHER SPRAYS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS PUSHED. THIS CURRENT FLOW CAUSES THE
CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF REAR WIPER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW
→ TERMINAL 8 → GROUND, CAUSING THE CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT OF THE RELAY TO OPERATE. ACCORDINGLY, THE
CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL L OF WIPER MOTOR →
GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER TO OPERATE CONTINUOUSLY. THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE FOR APPROX. 3 SECS. AFTER
THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.
3. WASHER OPERATION (WIPER ON)
WHEN THE WIPER AND WASHER SW IS PUSHED MORE STRONGLY DURING WIPER OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 →
GROUND, SO THE WASHER SPRAYS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS PRESSED. THIS CURRENT FLOW CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING
TO TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 5 OF WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 8 → GROUND,
CAUSING THE CONTINUOUS OPERATION SWITCH OF THE RELAY TO OPERATE. THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY
THEN FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL L OF WIPER MOTOR → GROUND, CAUSING THE WIPER TO OPERATE
CONTINUOUSLY. THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE FOR APPROX. 3 SECS. AFTER THE WASHER SW IS TURNED OFF.
SERVICE HINTS
(A) REAR WASHER MOTOR
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON
REAR WIPER RELAY
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
1–3
: POINTS CHANGES EVERY 12 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH IGNTION SW ON AND WIPER SW AT INT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
R3
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
C
D15
28
B
R7
28
D
R20
27
CODE
SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1B
1F
1G
1I
3C
18
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
22
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
F1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
W3
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y3
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
F2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
101
POWER WINDOWS
30A
POWER
CB
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
11 1I
1
W–L
R–L
1
1
1
2
POWER MAIN
RELAY
3
4
1
1
L
L
L
W–B
10 E1
L
L
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
7
8
FRONT RH
UP
UP
DOWN
FRONT LH
DOWN
A
+
–
+
–
LOCK
6
13
W–B
2
12
5
R–L
1
G–W
NORMAL
G
L
W–B
R
W–B
W–B
5 E1
6 E1
G–L
R–L
4 O2
2 O2
3 O2
G–W
R–L
2
3
L
C
UP
W–B
POWER WINDOW
SW
5
DOWN
L
2 E2
FRONT RH
1
4
2
1
D
1
M
FRONT LH
FRONT RH
POWER WINDOW MOTORS
102
D
2
M
R
G
B
5
1K
G
R
9 1L
A
SERVICE HINTS
B
D
F
H
(A) POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
7, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW
(DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP
13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW
(DRIVER’S WINDOW) DOWN OR DOWN HOLD
1 2
5 6
1
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
2
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
C
E
1
2
3
4
G
12 3 45
5
L
L
UP
UP
DOEN
REAR RH
DOWN
REAR LH
G–B
R–B
4 E1
8 E2
3 E2
11 N1
5 N1
L
L
L
1
UP
2
4
G
POWER WINDOW
SW
DOWN
G
R
POWER WINDOW
SW
UP
G
2
5
3
REAR LH
F
4 T1
L
E
4
1 T1
1
REAR RH
2
H
2
M
DOWN
1
3
R–B
R–B
5
L
5 T1
R–B
4 S1
G–B
1 S1
G–B
R–Y
5 S1
1 N1
L
G–Y
4 G1
G–B
3 G1
L
5 G1
R
L
L
R–B
R–Y
3 E1
R–Y
14
G–Y
11
G–B
L
9
G–Y
10
1
M
REAR LH
REAR RH
POWER WINDOW MOTORS
103
POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 →
TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER CB FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF
THE RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 5 (PASSENGER’S) AND TERMINAL 3 (REAR LH, RH) OF THE
POWER WINDOW SW.
1. MANUAL UP OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW
MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OR 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO
ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT
FROM TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM
TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINALS 2 OR 1 → TO GROUND, → FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE
DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR →
TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE.
THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO
ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION. WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 OF THE
MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 2 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE AUTO SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROM
TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW
WHEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE MASTER SW
AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MASTER SW → TO GROUND SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION
TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)
WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FLOWS
TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER
WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINALS 1 OR 2 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR
(PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE.
WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2,
AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE
PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT
FROM TERMINAL 1 AND 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S
WINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
B
C
SEE PAGE
P6
P7
P11
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
CODE
D
E
F
P8
P12
P9
SEE PAGE
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1I
1K
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1L
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
E1
E2
G1
N1
O2
S1
T1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
34
34
36 (S/D)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
38 (STATION W/G)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
104
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
CODE
G
H
P13
P10
SEE PAGE
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
POWER SEAT
A
30A
POWER
CB
1 2
6
5
3 4
7
9
1
BLUE
B
C
D
1
1
1
2
2
2
ORANGE
W–L
1
(USA)
(CANADA)
W–L
12 G1
9 G1
2
W–L
3
A POWER SEAT SW
3
2
B
1
2
M
SLIDE
MOTOR
C
W–B
DOWN
R–Y
1
M
1
I
M
FRONT
VERTICAL
MOTOR
D
2
W–B
UP
L–R
L–W
2
1
R
DOWN
4
9
L–Y
1
RR
6
2
L–B
7
FR
UP
5
REAR
VERTICAL
MOTOR
SERVICE HINTS
(A) POWER SEAT SW
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
P5
28
C
P2
28
B
P4
28
D
P3
28
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
G1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
a2
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
I
SEE PAGE
36
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT REAR FENDER
105
106
W–B
W–B
L–R
4
1
3
5 1K
D
L–R
L–R
L–R
Y
G
L–R
5 O2
13 O2
4
2
F
3
1
G
W–B
6
W–B
L–B
W–B
4
H
(CANADA 3S–FE W/ POWER WINDOW)
L–R
G
G–R
LG
4
DOOR LOCK SOLENOID
FRONT RH
L–R
DOOR LOCK SOLENOID
FRONT LH
Y
G
2
W–B
E
W–B
1
8 E1
W–B
G
3
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW LH
UNLOCK
LG
4
9 E1
L–B
D
LOCK
2 E1
L–B
3
DOOR LOCK KEY
SW LH
2
6
L–B
C
1
11
L–B
4
12 E2
G–R
1 E1
UNLOCK
LG
11 O2
LG
8 O2
9
L–B
B
LG
10
W–B
2
W–B
3
LOCK
CONTROL
UNIT
W–B
G
G
W–L
L–B
W–B
LG
2
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW RH
UNLOCK
LOCK
G
LG
8
W–B
G
LG
30A
POWER
CB
W–B
UNLOCK
LG
1
DOOR LOCK KEY
SW RH
3
W–B
W–B
LOCK
DOOR LOCKS
W–L
DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY
A
1
1
LOCK
TIMER
UNLOCK
TIMER
5
L–R
2 E2
7 E1
7 O2
7 O1
9 O2
10 N1
10 G1
L–B
L–B
6 S1
H
3
I
L–B
4
2
4
2
1
J
5 1D
3 Y2
1
L
R–W
(EX. USA W/O A. B. S. )
W–B
G–L
R–Y
2
FRONT RH
3 T1
R–Y
L–B
R–G
7
(USA W/O A. B. S. )
L–R
16
FRONT LH
R
L–R
L–R
3
UNLOCK WARNING
SW
L–R
L–R
L–R
3 W2
BACK DOOR LOCK
SOLENOID(STATION W/G)
L–R
DOOR LOCK SOLENOID
REAR RH
L–R
L–R
16 N1
W–B
L–B
3
L–B
4
DOOR LOCK SOLENOID
REAR LH
L–R
5 1L
1 G1
11 G1
W–B
L–B
L–B
3 S1
L–B
L–B
L–R
L–B
2 G1
L–B
FROM SEAT BELT
WARNING RELAY
G–Y
15
KEY REMINDER
14
4 N1
1
K
M
6 T1
DOOR COURTESY SW
2 Y2
2 W2
L–B
W–B
107
DOOR LOCKS
SERVICE
HINTS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH POWER CB.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION
TO PUSH DOOR LOCK SW AND KEY SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 →
TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 3, TERMINAL
4 (W/G) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK SOLENOID CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION
TO PUSH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 (DOOR
LOCK KEY SW LH), TERMINAL 11 (EX. DOOR LOCK KEY SW LH 2 STEP UNLOCK FUNCTION) OF THE DOOR CONTROL RELAY AND
CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE
DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TEMRINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL
4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK SOLENOID CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK.
3. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS OPERATION)
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK
KNOB (DOOR LOCK SOLENOID), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF
RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR
LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF
THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
* OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SW
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED IN
SOLENOIDS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN
RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4
OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 →
TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR TO UNLOCK.
* IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2
SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOOR
AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO RELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE RELAY WORKS AND CURRENT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE DOOR LOCK SOLENOIDS, TERMINAL 4 OF THE
BACK DOOR LOCK SOLENOID (W/G) → TERMINAL 4, TERMINAL 2 (W/G) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO
GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK.
SERVICE HINTS
(A) DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY
2–GROUND
8–GROUND
16–GROUND
4–GROUND
CONTINTUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
ALWAYS CONTINTUITY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED
LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
(IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)
UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED OR
DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
9–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
11–GROUND : 0 VOLT WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED OR PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
(B) (D) DOOR LOCK KEY SW
2–3 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
(F) (G) DOOR LOCK SOLENOID
1–2 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION
(K) UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(L) (M) DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
108
:
:
:
:
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
D16
28
F
D29
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B
D28
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
G
D30
C
D26
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
H
D31
D
D27
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
I
D32
E
P6
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
J
B9
CODE
SEE PAGE
K
U1
28
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
L
D19
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
M
D20
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
N
D21
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
21
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4
21
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1D
1K
1L
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
16
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
16
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
E1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
N1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
E2
O1
O2
S1
T1
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
REAR DOOR WIRE LH AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR)
REAR DOOR WIRE RH AND FLOOR NO
NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR)
W2
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y2
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
109
BACK DOOR LOCK (STATION W/G)
A
30A
POWER
CB
1
B
2
2
3 4
4
1
W–L
1
(USA) 6
(CANADA)14
I1
I1
W–L
A
BACK DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW
2
UNLOCK
LOCK
1
3
4
11
L–B
L–B
H1
2
L–B
W2
2
L–B
Y2
W–B
4
B
BACK DOOR LOCK
SOLENOID
E
5
L–R
L–R
H1
3
L–R
W2
3
L–R
2
Y2
SERVICE HINTS
1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
B3
28
CODE
B
SEE PAGE
B9
27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
W2
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y2
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
E
110
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
CODE
SEE PAGE
HORN
15A
HAZ–HORN
G–R
5 2A
2 D2
G–R
G–R
4
2
A
4
3
B BLACK
C BLACK
1
HORN
RELAY
10
4
1
4
G–W
G–B
4
G–W
G–B
1 D2
G–W
A
B
1
LH
1
HORN
10
C
RH
HORN SW
[COMB. SW]
SERVICE HINTS
HORN RELAY
2 (4)–4 (4) : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
H4
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
CODE
B
H3
SEE PAGE
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
CODE
B
C14
SEE PAGE
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
4
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
2A
SEE PAGE
20
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
D2
SEE PAGE
22 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
111
REMOTE CONTROL MIRRORS
7. 5A
RADIO
1F
GR
1
1
GR
F2
A
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
4
RH
6
5
8
OPERATION SW
DOWN
LH
SELECT SW
UP
RH
RIGHT
DOWN
RIGHT
LH
LEFT
UP
LEFT
B
1
7
3
W–B
LG–R
LG–B
BR–W
LG
I1
(USA)11
I1
7
I1
(CANADA) 9
I1
B
REMOTE
CONTROL
MIRROR LH
LG–R
1 O1
3 O1
LG–R
LG
LG
6 O1
LG
3
LG–B
BR–W
1
11
8
LG–B
BR–W
7 E2
I1
LG–R
BR–Y
6 E2
BR–Y
LG–R
I1 (USA)
I1 (CANADA)
13
10
2
1
3
2
E2
W–B
14
I1
LG–R
I1
LG–B
(USA)15
(CANADA) 6
W–B
LG
LG–B
BR–Y
BR–W
BR–Y
C
M
M
REMOTE
CONROL
MIRROR RH
M
M
E
112
SERVICE HINTS
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW
(A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
(A) 7–(A) 3 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION
(A) 4, (A) 7 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
R9
28
B
R21
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
CODE
C
SEE PAGE
R22
CODE
SEE PAGE
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1F
SEE PAGE
18
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
O1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
E
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
A
1
B
3
C
1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
113
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT (USA)
30A
AUTOMATIC
SHOULDER
BELT CB
R–L
2
9
R–L
Q1
L–W
1
L
9 G1
G–W
9
10
G–W
L
R–L
5 Q1
2
A
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT COMPUTER
BUZZER
1
3
13
15
17
W–B
R–Y
R–B
R–G
P–L
R–W
7
G–L
8
R–Y
6
8 Q1
2 Q1
G–L
R–Y
2 (W/ POWER SEAT)
2
2 R1
6 G1
2
1
1
B MOTOR LH
1
M
C MOTOR RH
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER
BELT MOTOR
W–B
2
1 E (W/ POWER SEAT)
2 F (W/O POWER SEAT)
G–L
G–L
G
2
1
W–B
M
W–B
2
2 E (W/ POWER SEAT)
1 F (W/O POWER SEAT)
BUCKLE SW
AUTOMATIC
SHOULDER BELT
SPOOL
RELEASE SW
R–Y
R–W
R–B
R–W
D
W–B
1 R1
UNLOCK
WARNING SW
10 Q1
R–Y
7 Q1
12 Q1
2 (W/ POWER SEAT)
W–B
1
W–B
W–B
W–B
6
I
114
W–B
4
H
R–L
7. 5A
GAUGE
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
6
6
R–L
R–L
H
I
17
H1
J/B NO. 3
9
3
Y
2
Y
F1
3B
1F
Y
6 1D
Y
G–W
3 Q1
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT
RELEASE LEVER WARNING LIGHT
2
Y
1
Y
J
4
MOTOR CONTROL AND WARNING
11 Q1
4 R1
3 R1
4
L
LIMIT SW
P–B
10 E2
5 E2
8 O1
4 O1
P–B
P–B
P–L
8 N1
P–L
9 N1
P
7 G1
P
8 G1
P–G
P–L
1
P
3
P–G
1
2
P–G
R
2
FRONT RH
LIMIT SW
REAR LH
G–L
3
FRONT LH
K
4
REAR RH
LG–R
FROM DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY
LG–Y
4 Q1
LG–B
1 Q1
LG
LG–Y
12
LG–B
11
LG
16
LG–R
18
R
5
3
2
3
2
CLOSE
OPEN
CLOSE
OPEN
M
1
N
AUTOMATIC
SHOULDER BELT
SW LH
W–B
DOOR
COURTESY SW
FRONT LH
1
2 E2
O
AUTOMATIC
SHOULDER BELT
SW RH
7 O1
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
1
5 1K
D
115
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT (USA)
SERVICE HINTS
(A) AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT COMPUTER
1, 6–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR OPEN AND FRONT LIMIT SW ON (RELEASING SHOULDER BELT)
3, 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED AND REAR LIMIT SW ON (FASTENING SHOULDER BELT)
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
5–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN
7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
9–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX 12 VOLTS
10–GROUND: 0 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNTION SW ON
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(D) SPOOL RELEASE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH SPOOL RELEASE LEVER PULLED UP
(E) (F) BUCKLE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
(G) UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(K) (L) FRONT LIMIT SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH BELT ANCHOR AT FRONT END OF GUIDE RAIL
(K) (L) REAR LIMIT SW
4–3 : OPEN WITH BELT ANCHOR AT REAR END OF GUIDE RAIL
(M) DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
(N) (O) AUTOMATIC SHOULDER BELT SW
3–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR CLOSED
2–1 : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A
A34
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
F
B
A37
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C
A38
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D
A42
E
B7
SEE PAGE
B10
28
G
U1
28
H
C13
28
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
I
C11
28
28
J
A39
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
23
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1K
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
E2
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
N1
34
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
O1
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
Q1
R1
a2
116
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
34
FLOOR NO.
NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)
FLOOR NO.
NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
CODE
K
SEE PAGE
A35
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
L
A36
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
M
D19
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
N
A40
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
O
A41
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
I
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
LEFT REAR FENDER
117
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
A BROWN
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
ECU–B
2
Y
1F
1
R
3 F1
R–L
Y
9 1N
6
2
B
R
J/B
NO. 3
R
C
6
2
1
(W/ DOOR LOCK)
(W/O DOOR LOCK)
UNLOCK WARNING
SW
R–L
6 A
C
1
2
R
R–W
(USA) 8 I1
(CANADA)17 I1
D BLACK
R–G
R–L
I BLACK
6 B
R–G
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
9 3B
2
5
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
TIMER
E
1 2
1
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL RELAY
15
1
(W/O DOOR LOCK)
R–Y
2 (W/ POWER SEAT)
F
H
(W/ DOOR LOCK)
G–Y
12 G1
1
5 1L
2
(W/ DOOR LOCK)
I
5 1D
W–B
1
2 (W/ POWER SEAT)
W–B
1
16
H
2
2
UNLOCK
WARNING SW
R
1 E (W/ POWER SEAT)
2 F (W/O POWER SEAT)
7
G
DOOR COURTESY
SW
FRONT LH
1
W–B
W–B
6
4
I
H
118
7
15
W–B
1L
BUCKLE
SW
R–G
W–B
5
G–L
2 E (W/ POWER SEAT)
1 F (W/O POWER SEAT)
2
G BLUE
R–Y
2
4
D SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
W–B
G–Y
R–Y
6
16
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING
RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT
ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 → RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, AND
THE CURRENT WHICH HAS FLOWED THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 FLOWS THROUGH THE RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 →
BUCKLE SW → GROUND, CAUSING THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER TO SOUND FOR ABOUT 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE
SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SW OFF) DURING THIS PERIOD, THEN THE BUZZER WILL STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM
WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOOR
COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY. THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,
CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
SERVICE HINTS
(C) UNLOCK WARNING SW
CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
(D) SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN (W/O DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW)
CONTINUITY WITH DOOR OPEN AND IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (W/ DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW)
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (W/O DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW)
ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (W/ DOOR LOCK, POWER WINDOW)
6–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
5–GROUND : 0 VOLT FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON
(E) (F) BUCKLE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
(G) DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A
C11
28
D
B
C13
28
C
U1
28
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
S5
28
G
D19
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
E
B7
28
H
D16
28
F
B10
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
23
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1L
1N
3B
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
G1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
a2
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
H
I
SEE PAGE
34
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
LEFT REAR FENDER
119
CRUISE CONTROL
15A
ECU–IG
20 1G
A CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER
11
E
SPD
13
7
(A/T)
(M/T)
B
B
FROM IGNITION SW
” ST1”
I1 (USA)
I1 (CANADA)
3
20
R
G–W
B
Y
B–R
G–W
I1
I1
9
18
B–R
9 F2
5
V–Y
17
NS
BR
10
SET
B
RES
W
3
B
W–R
PI
(USA)16
(CANADA)19
I1
I1
13 K1
B–W
V–Y
B–W
D
F
E
(M/T)
1
3
2
3
W–B
TO STARTER
J/B
NO. 3
BR
15 3C
B
W–B
CRUISE
B CONTROL
MAIN SW
W–B
W–B
5
SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
2
CRUISE
CONTROL
CLUTCH SW
2
(A/T)
16
NEUTRAL
START SW
OFF SW
C
5
B
17
SET
COAST
4
ACCEL
RESUME
1
CRUISE CONTROL
SW[COMB. SW]
3
3 1F
6
4
13
1
1I
D
120
W–B
W–B
8 F1
4
H
E
G
1
I
2
1 K1
CRUISE CONTROL
ACTUATOR
W–B
G–B
11 1B
4
8 D2
10 1L
S2
STP+
CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER
VCM
J/B
NO. 3
2
3
1
1
VP
(W/O A. B. S. )
1
K
2
J
L
M
2
STP–
11 D2
12 D2
STOP
LIGHT SW
8
G–W
15
G–W
H
1
L–R
9
R–L
G–W
R–G
G–R
V–R
G–R
V–R
TO TCCS ECU
ECT SOLENOID
16
TO STOP LIGHTS
LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR
9 D2
RV
G–W
2
L–R
7 D2
EL
CRUISE CONTROL
VACUUM PUMP
14
Y–B
CV
W–B
3 1N
CRUISE
CONTROL
STOP SW
4
CRUISE CONTROL
VACUUM SW
R–L
R–L
R–Y
6
(W/ A. B. S. )
R–L
14 3B
R–Y
4 F1
W–B
Y–B
12
R–W
A
G
Y–B
Y–B
R–W
A/D
CRUISE CONTROL
VACUUM SW
FROM ECT ECU
(EX. ECT)TO O/D COMPUTER
(ECT)TO TCCS ECU
R–W
R–W
PK
W–B
R–W
8 1F
TO BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW
PARKING
BRAKE SW
20A
STO P
11 1L
2 K1
G–R
H
1
3
8 1D
1
W–B(USA)
BR(CANADA)
A
121
CRUISE CONTROL
SYSTEM OUTLINE
VOLTAGE FROM THE BATTERY IS NORMALLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER. WHEN THE
IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS THEN TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE
CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW. IF AT THIS TIME THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 3 FLOWS
FROM THE POWER INDICATOR → TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME
TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 10 OF THE COMPUTER, MAINTAINING THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IN CONSTANT
READINESS FOR OPERATION.
1. CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING
WHEN THE MAIN SW IS TURNED TO ON AND THE SET SW IS PUSHED IN WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT
(APPROX. 40km/h, 25MPH TO 200km/h, 124MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE COMPUTER AND THE VEHICLE SPEED
AT THAT TIME IS RECORDED IN THE COMPUTER MEMORY AS THE SET SPEED. THE COMPUTER COMPARES THE RECORDED SET
SPEED WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 7 FROM THE SPEED SENSOR, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE
CONTROL ACTUATOR IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN THE SET VEHICLE SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, COMPUTER OPERATION LENGTHENS THE PERIOD OF
CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ACTUATOR → THE CONTROL VALVE → TERMINAL 3
→ TERMINAL 14 OF THE COMPUTER, THE CABLE IS PULLED IN THE DIRECTION FOR OPENING THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE
SPEED INCREASES.
WHEN THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, A SHORTER PERIOD OF CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROL
VALVE RETURNS THE CABLE IN THE DIRECTION FOR CLOSING THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE VEHICLE SPEED DECREASES.
<ACTUATOR OPERATION>
WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATES (THE SET SIGNAL IS INPUT), CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE COMPUTER TO THE
RELEASE VALVE, CLOSING THE ATMOSPHERIC INTAKE PORT.
WHEN THERE IS CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE, VACUUM IS INTRODUCED INSIDE THE ACTUATOR, AND WHEN THERE IS
NO CONTINUITY, VACUUM INTAKE STOPS AND ATMOSPHERE IS INTRODUCED. IN OTHER WORDS, THE ACTUATOR (THROTTLE
VALVE) IS CONTROLLED BY CHANGING THE RATIO OF CONTINUITY AND NON–CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE WITHIN A
SPECIFIED PERIOD OF TIME.
<ROLE OF THE VACUUM SW AND VACUUM PUMP>
WHEN THE VACUUM SW TURNS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, ITS SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE
COMPUTER SO THAT THE COMPUTER APPLIES CURRENT TO OPERATE THE VACUUM PUMP (TERMINAL 1 OF THE COMPUTER →
TERMINAL 1 OF THE PUMP → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND) AND SUPPLEMENT THE ENGINE VACUUM WHICH BY ITSELF IS INADEQUATE
FOR CONTROL.
2. CANCEL MECHANISM
IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS IS PERFORMED DURING CRUISE CONTROL, THEN CONTINUITY TO THE CONTROL VALVE
AND THE RELEASE VALVE IS CUT OFF AND CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED:
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUTCH SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE COMPUTER.
∗ PLACING THE NEUTRAL START SW IN “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE COMPUTER.
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKES PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 15 OF THE COMPUTER.
∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE COMPUTER.
3. COAST CONTROL
WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL, CURRENT FLOW TO THE CONTROL VALVE AND RELEASE VALVE IS
STOPPED AND THE VEHICLE DECELERATES UNTIL THE SW IS RELEASED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS RELEASED IS
THEN RECORDED IN MEMORY.
4. RESUME CONTROL
BY TURNING THE RESUME SW TO ON AFTER CANCELLATION OF THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEMS, THE VEHICLE SPEED WILL
RETURN TO THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION, PROVIDED THAT THE VEHICLE SPEED IS WITHIN THE SET LIMITS.
5. ACCEL CONTROL
WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED TO ON DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE CONTROL
VALVE AND THE VEHICLE ACCELERATES. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE SW IS TURNED OFF IS RECORDED IN MEMORY.
SERVICE HINTS
(A) CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER
(DISCONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR)
2–14
: APPROX. 68 (ACTUATOR RELEASE VALVE)
4–14
: APPROX. 30 (ACTUATOR CONTROL VALVE)
5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SET, COAST SW ON
7–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVE VEHICLE SLOWRY)
11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T) OR SHIFT LEVER IN N OR P RANGE (A/T)
(ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)
12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PKB LEVER PULL UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW ON
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
17–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH RESUME, ACCEL SW ON
10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW)
16–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
122
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
C17
28
B
C18
C
C15
D
C16
CODE
SEE PAGE
E
N1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
28
R
C13
28
G
P1
28
H
S9
CODE
SEE PAGE
I
C3
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
28
J
C5
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
28
K
C5
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
28
L
C4
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1F
1G
1I
1L
1N
3B
3C
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
D2
F1
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
F2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RIGHT FENDER
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E
34
LEFT KICK PANEL
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
123
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
7. 5A
IGN
20A
STOP
15A
EFI
7. 5A
GAUGE
R–L
6
1I
11 1L
2 2G
2 1F
11
R–L
1I
4
3 F1
1
4 C1
Y
B
13 D1
A
7
3C
STOP LIGHT
SW
B
J/B
NO. 3
3
PATERN SELECT SW
NORM
7 3D
R–L
6
L–Y
4
L–R
L–Y
R–B
L–R
W–L
G–W
5
B
PWR
B–O
R–B
D1
Y
W–L
G–R
B–O
R–L
R
BR
3 L1
G–W
L–R
10 K1
2 F
IGSW
13 D
1 F
4 D
BATT
BK
7 D
9 D
THW
E2
PWR
O
G
R
EFI WATER TEMP.
SENSOR
2
1
R–B
C
L–R
O
3 F
16 F
15 F
R
N
2
TCCS ECU
S2
SL
18 E
17 E
SP2
T
DG
8 F
7 F
OD2
15 D
20 F
V–R
G–O
S1
19 E
V–R
Y–G
BR–B
LG–B
L–Y
V–R
V
V–R
ECT SOLENOID
SPEED
SENSOR
6
TT
E1
3
5
W–B
B
TE1
G–O
W–B
CHECK
CONNECTOR
6
BR
G
1
LOCK–UP
NO. 2
N0. 1
TO CRUISE
CONTROL COMPUTER
2
H 17
G–O
1
3
3
124
O/D MAIN SW
I
2 K1
G–O
7 L1
W–B
R–L
3
R–B
R–L
C1
K
A/T INDICATOR SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
6
L
2
D
N
R
P
4
9
8
7
5
1
R–B
R
B–O
R–B
O
Y–L
L–Y
L–R
O
R–L
R–B
G–W
R
18
L1
20 L1
R
B–O
V–Y
O
Y–L
Y–L
19 L1
17 L1
5 L1
21 L1
Y–L
O
B–O
R
R–B
G–W
13
5
8
3
2
1
7
4
Y–B
J
SPEED
SENSOR
L
2
D
N
R
P
O/D OFF
2
21 F
NORM
OD1
12
PWR
SP1
L–Y
9 F
L
V–Y
14 F
L–R
6 L1
3
W–B
TO C/C COMPUTER
10
A/T INDICATOR
11
W–B
L
G–O
G–O
15 3D
14
W–B
J/B NO. 3
W–B
3D
W–B
W–B
8 F1
3 1F
E
D
125
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER,
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. TCCS
COMPUTER CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING
POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE COMPUTER SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR TO TERMINAL THW OF THE TCCS COMPUTER, AND
ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE COMPUTER FROM THE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ECT. CURRENT IS
THEN OUTPUT TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE
COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND,
AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO
SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVER DRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE TCCS COMPUTER JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE TCCS COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY
TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL BK OF THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE
COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS
THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT
TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER
INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE TCCS COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES,
AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
126
SERVICE HINTS
TCCS ECU (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW)
(E) 19–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT D, 2 OR L RANGE
0 VOLT WITH SHIFT LEVER AT P, R OR N RANGE
(E) 7,18–(E) 24 : 0 VOLT
(D) 7–(E) 24
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
0–2 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT NORM POSITION
(D) 13–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
0 VOLT WITH BRAKE PEDAL RELEASED
(D) 4–(D) 9
: 0.1–1.0 VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F)
(D) 12–(D) 9
: 0 VOLT WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPEN
(D) 11–(D) 9
: 0.1–1.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
4–5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN
(D) 1–(D) 9
: 4–6 VOLTS
(F) 21–(E) 24 : 5 VOLTS
(F) 20–(E) 24 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS O/D MAIN SWITCH TURNED ON
0 VOLT O/D MAIN SWITCH TURNED OFF
(F) 9–(E) 24
: 0 OR 5 VOLTS CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW OFF AND STANDING STILL
2–3 VOLTS CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW OFF AND VEHICLE MOVING
(F) 8–(E) 24
: 0 OR 5 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL
2–3 VOLTS WITH VEHICLE MOVING
(F) 3–(E) 24
: 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER A/T R RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT R RANGE
(F) 16–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT N RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT N RANGE
(F) 15–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT 2 RANGE
(F) 14–(E) 24 : 10–14 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L RANGE
0–2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT EXCEPT L RANGE
(F) 2–(E) 24
: 10–14 VOLTS
(F) 1–(E) 24
: 10–14 VOLTS
(G) ECT SOLENOID
1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω
(I) O/D MAIN SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
S9
28
B
E7
C
E2
D
T3
CODE
SEE PAGE
E
T4
28
28
F
T2
24
G
E1
28
H
C1
CODE
SEE PAGE
I
O1
28
28
J
C13
28
24
K
N1
24
24
L
A26
28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1F
1I
1L
2G
3C
3D
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
127
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (2VZ–FE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B
30
INTAKE MANIFOLD
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E
34
LEFT KICK PANEL
128
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ECT, HOWEVER,
ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ECT
COMPUTER CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING
POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION
DURING DRIVING, THE COMPUTER SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING
CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE TCCS ECU TO TERMINALS IDL, L1, L2 AND L3 OF THE ECT COMPUTER, AND
ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 (FWD), OF THE COMPUTER FROM THE SPEED SENSOR. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT
TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL
3 (FWD), 2 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 3 (FWD), 2 (4WD) OF THE ECT
SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL 2 (FWD), 1 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS →
GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED
(OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATION
WHEN THE ECT COMPUTER JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT
FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ECT COMPUTER → TERMINAL 1 (FWD), 3 (4WD) OF THE ECT SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING
CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL BK OF THE COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE
COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS
THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT
TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE COMPUTER AND COMPUTER OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE.
5. ECT PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT
IF THE ECT PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER
INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL PWR OF THE ECT COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES, AND
SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION.
129
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
R–L
R–L
20A
DOME
20A
STOP
15A
ECU–IG
7. 5A
GAUGE
11
11 1L
1 1N
20 1G
Y
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
1
A
STOP LIGHT
SW
L–Y
10 1G
3 F1
7 3C
7
Y
R–L 6
3D
NORM
5
L–Y
PWR
4
L–R
B
J/B NO. 3
(FWD)
ECT PATTERN SELECT SW
L–R
R–W
1 1G
B
G–W
L–Y
10 1L
J/B
NO. 3
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
G–W
3
6 F1
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
R–L
C1
2 1F
B–R
14 1B
3
R–B
D1
R–L
G–R
L–Y
2 2F
4
R–L
1I
(FWD)3 L4
L–R
B–R
R–Y
22 C
2 D
L–Y
23 C
7 D
+B
4 K1 (FWD)
9 F2 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
10 K1
G–W
12 F2
R
8 L4
(FWD)
L–Y
13 3C
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
24 C
1 D
BK
8 C
5 D
IG
PWR
OD1
Y–B
7 L3
11 L1
2 L3
1 L3
5 L3
W–B
L–B
17 C
12 D
Y–G
L1
4 C
4 E
Y–R
L2
3 C
3 E
L
L3
2 C
13 E
S1
S2
SL
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
12 C
9 E
11 C
8 E
10 C
7 E
P
IDL
1 C
12 E
V–R
GND
19 C
10 D
V
ECT ECU
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
10 L3
11 L3
12 L3
SP2
15 C
6 L3
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
V–Y
B
130
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
LG–B
L–Y(FWD)
6 L
ECT
SOLENOID
SPD
10 J
1 L
3 M
5 L (FWD)
BR
TCCS ECU
ECT
2 L
1 M
K
SPEED
SENSOR
L1
3 L
2 M
LOCK–UP
L2
V–R
L3
8
NO. 2
IDL
6
V
14 H
14 J
NO. 1
6 H
6 J
CRUISE CONTROL
COMPUTER
Y–B
13 H
13 J
2 K1
V–R
L–B
3
6 G
6 I
1 K1
Y–B
Y–G
7 H
7 J
L
Y–R
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
F
(FWD)
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
W–B(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
BR (FWD)
L
P(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
V–R
L
Y–B
V–Y
B
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
Q
A/T INDICATOR SW
(NEUTRAL START SW)
6
1
G–W
P
5
R–B
R
7
R
N
8
B–O
D
9
O
2
4
Y–L
L
18 L4
18 L1
20 L4
20 L1
19 L4
19 L1
17 L4
17 L1
5 L4
5 L1
21 L4
21 L1
L–Y
Y–L
O
B–O
R
R–B
G–W
L–R
L–Y
Y–L
O
B–O
R
R–B
G–W
R–L
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
L–R
12
13
5
8
3
2
1
7
4
G–W
R
O
Y–L
14 E
7 C
17 E
21 C
16 E
20 C
15 E
N
2
L
P
ECT ECU
DG
OD2
5 C
6 D
(FWD)
12 L1
D
N
R
P
10
A/T INDICATOR
11
G–O
17
1
TT
(ECT)
E1
3
W–B
15 3D
W–B
14
3D
J/B NO. 3
W–B
3
P
O/D MAIN
SW
O
CHECK
CONNECTOR
SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
R
2
8 F1
W–B
BR
W–B
V–Y
3
L
BR–B
V–Y
N
2
NORM
G–O
PWR
(FWD)
W–B
6 L4
7 L4
G–O
BR–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
V–Y
G–O
13 C
8 D
O/D OFF
SP1
16 C
3 1F
E
B
D
131
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR (3S–FE)
SERVICE HINTS
ECT ECU (ELECTRICAL CONTROLED UNIT) (IGNITION SW ON)
(C) 19, (D) 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(C) 2, (E) 13–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) VOLTS
(C) 3, (E) 3–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 → 5 (12) VOLTS
(C) 4, (E) 4–GROUND : 5 (12) → 0 VOLTS
(C) 1–19, (D) 12–10 : 0 VOLT WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 1.5°
(C) 16–19 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS OR 0 VOLT WITH STANDING STILL
6 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING VEHICLE MOVING (FWD)
(C) 22–19, (D) 2–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
0 VOLT WITH BRAKE PEDAL NOT DEPRESSED
(C) 21–19, (E) 16–(D) 10 : 10 TO 16 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION
0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT 2 POSITION
(C) 20–19, (E) 15–(D) 10 : 10 TO 16 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION
0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER EXCEPT L POSITION
(C) 12–19, (E) 9–(D) 10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(C) 10, 11–19, (E) 7, 8–(D) 10 :
0 VOLT
(C) 5–19, (D) 6–10 : 5 (12) VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
0 VOLT WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF
(C) 24–19, (D) 1–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL
: 5 OR 0 VOLTS WITH STANDING STILL
4 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING (FWD)
(C) 8–19, (D) 5–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT SW AT PWR POSITION
0 TO 2 VOLTS WITH PATTERN SELECT AT NORM POSITION
(C) 23–19, (D) 7–10 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS
(C) 17, (D) 12–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. BELOW 70°C (158°F)
5 (12) VOLTS WITH COOLANT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C (158°F)
( ): AISIN COMPUTER
(L) (M) ECT SOLENOID
1, 2, 3–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω
(P) O/D MAIN SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
S9
28
G
T3
28 (FWD)
B
E7
28
H
T2
C
E4
28 (FWD)
I
T3
D
E5
28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
J
T2
E
E6
28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
K
C17
F
T1
25
L
E1
1B
1F
1G
SEE PAGE
28 (FWD)
N
C13
28
28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
O
C1
25
28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
P
O1
28
28
Q
N1
25
25 (FWD)
R
A26
28
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1I
1L
1N
2F
3C
3D
132
SEE PAGE
E1
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
CODE
M
25 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (NSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
F1
F2
L1
L3
L4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B
32
INTAKE MANIFOLD
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E
34
LEFT KICK PANEL
133
OVER DRIVE
SERVICE HINTS
(B) O/D SOLENOID
7. 5A
GAUGE
1–GROUND : APPROX. 13 Ω
(C) O/D MAIN SW
11
1I
R–L
Y
R–L
2 1F
4 D1
Y
R–B
3 F1
3 C1
J/B NO. 3
R–L
R–L
7 3C
2
B
4
A
O/D
SOLENOID
O/D OFF
INDICATOR
[A/T INDICATOR]
G–O
11
7
L1
G–O
P–L
G–O
G–O
1
1
3
C
O/D MAIN SW
D
2
O/D
DIODE
P–L
W–B
1
Y–B
3
14 3D
Y–B
Y–B
1 K1
W–B
W–B
8 F1
3 1F
D
134
E
O/D WATER
TEMP. SW
TO CRUISE
CONTROL COMPUTER
1
J/B NO. 3
1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D SW AT OFF POSITION
OPEN WITH O/D SW AT ON POSITION
(E) O/D WATER TEMP SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED BELOW 43° C (109° F)
OPEN ABOVE 55° C (131° F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
A26
28
C
O1
28
B
E1
25
D
D11
28
CODE
E
O2
SEE PAGE
25
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
3C
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NOO. 2)
D1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A
B GRAY
4
11
C
1
1
2
3
BLUE
D
E
1 2 3
1
135
ALL–TRAC/4WD (w/ ECT)
7. 5A
GAUGE
Y
2 1F
Y
3 F1
J/B
NO. 3
R–W
7 3A
1
A
DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL SW
L–B
3
3 C
AUTO
ECT ECU
4
SD1
SD2
FR+
W–L
L–Y
G–O
R–L
P–L
3 L3
4 L3
8 L3
9 L3
2
2
1
2
F FRONT
E
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
8 F1
W–B
3 1F
D
136
B
DIFF. LOCK
SOLENOID
1
G
DIFF. LOCK
SPEED SENSOR
16 3D
RR–
10 D
R–L
14 L3
RR+
11 D
Y–L
G–O
13 L3
1 D
Y–L
P–L
6 L3
1
FR–
2 D
W–B
5 D
W–B
W–B
6 D
L–Y
GND
10 C
W–L
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR LIGHT
B
L–B
5
L–B
REAR
SERVICE HINTS
ECT ECU
(C) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND CLOSED WITH DIFF. LOCK CONTROL SW
10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
R7
28
D
E6
28
B
C6
28
E
D2
25
C
E5
28
F
D5
25
CODE
G
D6
SEE PAGE
25
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1F
3A
3D
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L3
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
B
32
INTAKE MANIFOLD
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A
B
C
D
E
2
1
1
3
2
5
3
1
10
F
G
2
5
6
10 11
BLACK
1 2
137
ALL–TRAC/4WD SYSTEM (W/O ECT)
A
B GRAY
C
D
7. 5A
GAUGE
E
1
1 2
1
3 4
4
2
11 1I
3
R–L
R–L
C1
R–L
R–L
R–B
D1
R–L
4
R–L
1
A
B
1
1
C
DIFF.
LOCK
SOLENOID
(FOR DIFF.
LOCK, 4WD)
2
L–B
2
G–Y
L–Y
2
L–B
1
DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR SW
L–B
L2
1
3 L2
D
DIFF. LOCK
CONTROL SW
W–B
4
2 3B
W–B
8
F1
16
W–B
3D
W–B
E
J/B NO. 3
3 1F
4
3
L–B
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR LIGHT
D
SERVICE HINTS
(A) (B) DIFF. LOCK SOLENOID
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(C) DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW
1–2
: CLOSED WITH DIFF. LOCK INDICATOR SW ON
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
D3
25
C
D1
25
B
D4
25
D
R7
28
CODE
E
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1I
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B
22
3D
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
C1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
L2
34
ENGINE WORE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
138
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
C6
SEE PAGE
28
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
SERVICE HINTS
15A
CIG
15A
RADIO
15A
TAIL
(A) CIGARETTE LIGHTER
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW
AT ON OR ACC POSITION
(B) CLOCK
2 2F
3–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)
4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT
ON OR ACC POSITION
(POWER FOR INDICATION)
2–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT
TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
(SIGNAL OF DIM INDICATION)
1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6 1F
G
L–Y
L–R
5 1F
14 1B
7 F1
L–R
L–Y
10 1G
1 F1
12 3C
L–Y
4
3
J/B
NO. 3
A
2
A
1 3C
G(USA)
5 3C
L–R
J/B
NO. 3
L–R
J/B
NO. 3
G
L–Y
6 F1
B
1
2
3
4
RUNNING
LIGHTS RELAY
B
G
CLOCK
W–B
1
13
2
I1
G(USA)
G
CIGARETTE
LIGHTER
W–B
4
G(CANADA)
14 3C
8
W–B
W–B
3
1F
F1
J/B
NO. 3
D
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
C7
28
CODE
B
C9
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1B
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
3C
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1F
1G
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
139
SHIFT LOCK
7. 5A
RADIO
20A
STOP
20 1G
11 1L
G–R
1 1F
15A
ECU–IG
1 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
1 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP LIGHT SW
G–W
GR
B–R
3 A (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
2 B (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
10 1L
1 F2
9 F2
12 F2
GR
B–R
R–Y
R–W
1 1G
1
3
6
C
SHIFT LOCK CONTROL
COMPUTER
SHIFT LOCK
CONTROL SW
P1
TIMER
P
P2
SL–
SHIFT LOCK
SOLENOID
SL+
5
L
W–B
4
(USA) 1 I1
(CANADA)11 I1
14 3D
J/B
NO. 3
L
D
W–B
2
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
8 F1
W–B
W–B
1
3 1F
W–B
7
1M
D
140
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE
SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER, IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE
COMPUTER.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT
THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE
COMPUTER, THE COMPUTER OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE COMPUTER → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE
SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 5 OF THE COMPUTER → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT
LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE
“P” RANGE.
2. KEY INTER LOCK MECHANISM
WITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2
AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE COMPUTER → KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID IS
CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTER LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND
THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THE
SHIFT LEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” RANGE, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE COMPUTER OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.
SERVICE HINTS
(C) SHIFT LOCK CONTROL COMPUTER
1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
S9
28
C
S6
28
B
S9
28
D
K1
28
CODE
SEE PAGE
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1F
1G
1L
1M
3D
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
SEE PAGE
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
A
B
1
1
3
2
D
C
1
4
5
3
6
1 2
141
W–L
W–L
A.B.S. (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
1 C3
FL 1. 0Y
W–L
W–L
1 B
A. B. S. ACTUATOR
2 B
4
D
W–B
6
R–Y
R–Y
D
2
C
R
M
3 D
3 C
1 D 5 D 2 D
6 C 5 C 4 C 1 C
L–R
G–B
L–R
G–W
L–W
G–R
R
G–W
G–B
16 Z1
5 Z1
10 Z1
9 Z1
7 Z1
13 Z1
8 Z1
L–Y
G–R
R–B
R–W
G–R
L–W
R–W
G–R
18 Z1
15 Z1
4 Z1
A
L–Y
R–B
FUSIBLE
LINK BOX
80A ALT
5
T
G–R
L–Y
G–B
L–R
G–W
L–W
G–R
R
4 F
R–W
R–B
2
8 E
10 E
10 F
9 E
6 E
8 F
1 E
18 F
12 E
MT
MR
R–
SR
SRR
SFL
SFR
SRL
AST
A. B. S. COMPUTER
GST GS– GS+ VGS
FR+
FR–
P
BR–R
W
3 Z1
12 Z1
1 Z1
W–R
V–G
12 F
R–G
13 F
2 Z1
DECELERATION
SENSOR
[A. B. S. COMPUTER]
2
BR–R
GST GS– GS+ VGS
W
1
P
A. B. S.
CHECK CONNECTOR
(EX. 2VZ–FE)
W–B
FL–
14 F
11 Z1
G
W–B
FL+
15 F
V–G
BATTERY
TS
11 E
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
H
I
2
1
FRONT LH
2
1
FRONT RH
W–B
A. B. S. SPEED SENSOR
A
142
7. 5A
GAUGE
10A
ECU–B
15A
ECU–IG
20A
STOP
2
1
1 1N
11 1L
G–R
Y
2 1F
3 F1
Y
R–Y
1
L
J/B NO. 3
STOP LIGHT
SW
R
B–R
G–W
R–L
3
13 N1
6 N1
15 N1
6 J
10 K
R–Y
A. B. S. WARNING LIGHT
[COMB. METER]
9 3B
17 Z1
12
W
G–W
2 E
B–R
N1
R
R–Y
R–Y
I1
R–Y
2
6 F
7 F
3 E
BATT
IG
STP
A. B. S. COMPUTER
1 a1
RR–
2 F
GND
16 F
GND
5 F
PKB
5 E
R–W
3 a1
RR+
9 F
14 N1
R–W
W–L
RL–
3 F
Y–L
RL+
11 F
R–L
L–Y
Y–L
W–L
3 1N
REAR LH
2
REAR RH
4 F1
J/B
NO. 3
A. B. S. SPEED SENSOR
M
TO
PARKING
BRAKE SW
R–W
14 3B
TO
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL SW
1
R–W
2
W–B
1
N
W–B
M
R–W
11 1B
R–W
8 1F
143
A.B.S. (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT
FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE
WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER.
(2) DECELERATION SENSOR SIGNAL (FOR ALL–TRAC/4WD)
THE DEGREE OF VEHICLE DECELERATION IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO THE A.B.S. COMPUTER.
(3) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(4) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE A.B.S. COMPUTER WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATION
DURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE A.B.S. COMPUTER, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT
FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER
ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE
FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE COMPUTER JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT
ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC
PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE COMPUTER, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,
HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPLATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERBILITY DURING SUDDEN
BRAKING.
SERVICE HINTS
A.B.S. COMPUTER
(CONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR)
(E) 1–GROUND, (E) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
APPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON
(E) 6–GROUND, (E)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
APPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON
(F) 8–GROUND, (F)18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
APPROX 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A.B.S. WARNING LIGHTS GOES ON
(F) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH A.B.S. CHACK CONNECTOR DISCONNECTED
APPROX. 0 VOLT WITH A.B.S. CHACK CONNECTSR CONNECTED
(DISCONNECT THE COMPUTER CONNECTOR)
(E) 1–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(E) 6–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 8–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 18–(E) 12 : APPROX. 6 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(E) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF AND BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF AND BRAKE PEDAL RETURNED
(E) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 0 VOLT WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RETURNED
(F) 4–GROUND, (F) 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 8–GROUND : (F) 16–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(E) 9–(F) 10 : APPROX. 65–100 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(E) 10–(F) 10 : APPROX. 50–80 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 11–GROUND : ALWAYS NO CONTINUITY
CONTINUITY WITH TS CONECTOR SHORTED
(E) 12–GROUND : (F) 14–GROUND : ALWAYS NO CONTINUITY
(E) 12–GROUND : APPROX. 5 Ω WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 2–GROUND, (F) 3–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 10–GROUND : NO CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION SW OFF
(F) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS 12 VOLTS
(F) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(F) 9–(F) 2 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ
(F) 11–(F) 3 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ
(F) 13–(F) 12 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ
(F) 15–(F) 14 : APPROX. 0.85–1.30 KΩ
144
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
A
F6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
F
A30
26 (2VZ–FE), 27 (3S–FE)
K
B
A1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
G
A4
24 (S/D), 25 (STATION W/G)
C
A3
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
H
A5
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
D
A2
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
I
A6
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
N
E
A29
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
J
C13
SEE PAGE
C11
28
L
S9
28
M
A31
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
A32
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
1L
1N
3B
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
C3
SEE PAGE
28 (2VZ–FE)
30 (3S–FE)
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO.
NO 2)
F1
32
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
32
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
N1
32
FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
Z1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
a1
34 (S/D)
36 (STATION W/G)
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE AND NO
NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
A
M
SEE PAGE
28 (2VZ–FE)
30 (3S–FE)
34 (S/D)
36 (STATION W/G)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RIGHT FENDER
RIGHT REAR FENDER
145
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
7. 5A
GAUGE
30A
DEFOG CB
3
10A
ECU–B
2
2 1F
2 1D
5 1G
12 1D
B
Y
3 F1
4
Y–L
1
R
Y
DEFOGGER
RELAY
(USA) 7 I1
(CANADA)12 I1
3 F2
B
R
(S/D)
(STATION W/G)
J/B NO. 3
10 H1
B
R
1 B
1 D
1
Y
3 Y3
B
B
Y–L
3 W3
2
6
F
NOISE FILTER
3
1 E
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER SW
W–B
A
1 C
B
TIMER
B
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
3 3A
W–B
J/B
NO. 3
W–B
8 F1
3 1F
D
146
J
L
SERVICE HINTS
DEFOGGER RELAY
2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON. DEFOGGER SW ON AND 15 MINUES THEREAFTER
DEFOGGER SW (W/ TIMER)
2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
6–3
: CONTINUITY WITH DEFOGGER SW ON AND 15 MINUTES THEREAFTER
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
R6
28
C
R19
26
E
R19
27
B
R18
26
D
R18
27
F
N3
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1D
1F
1G
3A
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
F1
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
I1
34
COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER)
W3
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
Y3
38
BACK DOOR NO. 1 AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
F2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
J
36
RIGHT REAR PILLAR
L
38
BACK DOOR LIGHT
A BLUE
B
C
1
2
3
BLACK
D
E
1
F
BLUE
1
6
147
MOON ROOF
A
7. 5A
GAUGE
30A
POWER
CB
1
6
1
1I
4
7
8
10
5
4
W–L
1
1
1
2
POWER MAIN
RELAY
3
4
1
L
1
W–B
L
4 M1
W–L
2 P1
A MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
6
P
W–B
W–B
3
1
MOON ROOF
LIMIT SW
OPEN
1
4
C
W–B
W–B
W–B
4
W–B
W–B
W–B
D
148
W–B
W–B
1 P1
9 1L
5
G
G–Y
6
10
R
12
G–W
4
W–B
B
8
CLOSED
MOON ROOF SW
TIMER
7
G
D
1
M
C
3
6
D
1
4
1
2
12
1
R–L
11
B
2
MOON ROOF
MOTOR
SYSTEM OUTLINE
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE POWER CB TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF CONTROL
RELAY.
1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF SW PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO
TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 12 TO GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE RELAY COIL OPERATES AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 2
OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE
MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED.
WHEN THE MOON ROOF IS OPENED COMPLETELY, EVEN IF THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE CURRENT TO
THE MOON ROOF MOTOR INCREASES.
IN THIS CASE, THE CIRCUIT BREAKER BUILT INTO THE MOTOR OPENS AND CUTS OUT THE CURRENT TO THE MOTOR,
PREVENTING THE MOTOR FROM BURNING OUT.
2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF SW PUSHED TO CLOSE POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 7
OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF THE MOON ROOF SW. THUS, THE RELAY COIL OPERATES AND THE
CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → MOTOR →
TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 12 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF.
SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION CONTINUES WHILE THE MOON ROOF SW CONTINUES TO BE PUSHED.
100 MM (3.94 IN.) BEFORE THE FULLY CLOSED POSITION THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW TURNS OFF AND THIS SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO
THE RELAY, SO THE RELAY STOPS OPERATION. THUS CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE MOON ROOF MOTOR AND THE MOON
ROOF AUTOMATICALLY STOPS.
IF THE MOON ROOF SW IS THEN PUSH AGAIN, THE TIMER INSTALLED IN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL TURNS ON AND THE RELAY
OPERATES FOR 0.65 SEC. TO RE–OPERATE THE MOTOR SO THAT THE MOON ROOF LIMIT SW TURNS ON. AS A RESULT, AS LONG
AS THE MOON ROOF SW IS PUSHED, SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION OCCURS AND THE MOON ROOF IS ABLE TO FULLY CLOSE.
SERVICE HINTS
(A) MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY
12,4–GROUND
6–GROUND
1–GROUND
5–GROUND
10–GROUND
:
:
:
:
:
ALWAYS CONTINUITY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON MOON ROOF SW AT CLOSE POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON MOON ROOF SW AT OPEN POSITION
0 VOLT → APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH APPROX. 100 MM (3.94 IN) BEFORE CLOSE POSITION
(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM COMPUTER)
8–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MOON ROOF SW AT OPEN
7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH MOON ROOF SW AT CLOSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
M2
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
C
M3
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
B
M5
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
D
M4
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
CODE
SEE PAGE
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
1
SEE PAGE
23
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1I
1L
SEE PAGE
18
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
M1
P1
SEE PAGE
34
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
ROOF NO
NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF
ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
D
G
SEE PAGE
34
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
149
AUTO ANTENNA
7. 5A
GAUGE
15A
CIG
1D
2 2F
1 1F
L–Y
Y
7. 5A
RADIO
GR
3
L–R
6 1D
20A
DOME
GR
1 F2
14 1B
A
4 1D
RADIO AND TAPE
PLAYER
GR 3
B–R 8
TO LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
L–Y
Y
L–R
P–L 9
R–L
Y
11 H1
8 H1
R–L
L–R
L–Y
B–R
P–L
1
5
6
2
4
3
R–G
L–Y
B
R–W
ANTENNA MOTOR AND
CONTROL RELAY
Y
B
W–B
W–B
9
5
7
8
6
W–B
LIMIT
SW
UP
BR–B
DOUN
B–W
B
B
M
L
1
4
2
3
C
W–B
CONTROL
RELAY
I
150
RADIO SW
OFF
ON
TAPE
PLAYER
SW
SERVICE HINTS
(C) CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP
2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP
4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION
1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
R5
CODE
28
B
A33
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1D
18
FLOOR WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2F
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F2
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
I
SEE PAGE
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT REAR FENDER
A BLUE
B BLUE
1
3
8
9
2
3 4 5 6
C
1 2
5 6
3 4
7
8 9
151
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
20A
DOME
7. 5A
RADIO
C JUNCTION
CONNECTOR(W/G)
6
B
2 2F
1
D REAR SPEAKER LH
(W/G)
L–Y
GR
1 1F
14
Y
12
B
2
14 1B
1 F2
B
5
3
B
X1
1
10 1G
GR
L–Y
LH
Y
7
13
Y
1
Y
F
2
X1
6 F1
2
R
6
X1
ROOF SPEAKER REAR
(W/G)
R
1
L–Y
3
A
4
RH G
L–Y
A
4
W
9
R
2
X1
W
2
J/B NO. 3
R
1
3
R
V1
1
REAR SPEAKER RH
E (W/G)
W
3
11
W
8
W
2
B
(W/G)
19
(W/G)
B
B
(W/G)
2
(W/G)
RADIO AND TAPE PLAYER
V1
(S/D)
B
H1
1
LH
6
Y
20
B
H1
1
B
17
H1
R
Y
(S/D)
Y
H
2
REAR SPEAKER
(S/D)
R
(S/D)
R
1
3
B
7
2
A
A
W
P
18
H1
W
(S/D)
W
RH
I
LH
J
2
P
1
6
V
V
LG
LG
2
A
FRONT SPEAKER
1
A
BR
1
RH
5
A
E
152
L
L
2
K
SERVICE HINTS
(A) RADIO AND TAPE RLAYER
4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
R5
28
B
R4
C
J1
D
S10
CODE
SEE PAGE
E
S11
27
28
F
R23
27
G
R24
27
H
S10
26
CODE
SEE PAGE
I
S11
26
27
J
S7
28
27
K
S8
28
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
SEE PAGE
1B
1F
1G
2F
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
F1
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
V1
38
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
X1
38
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
F2
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
E
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
LEFT KICK PANEL
A BLUE
B BLUE
1
1
2
5
6
3
7
4
1
2
3
6
(W/G)
C
2
4
9
3
D
5
6
E
H
I
1
2
7
J
K
(W/G)
F
G
1 2
11 12 13 14
153
154
B
W–B
E
FUEL
SENDER
F
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
K
Y–L
Y–L
15 H1
3 V3
8 V3
2
3
1
4
9 V3
W–B
(FWD)
I
V–Y
Y
Y
FROM TCCS ECU
CRUISE CONTROL COMPUTER
ECT ECU
A/C ACCELERATION CUT
AMPLIER
J/B
NO. 3
6 A
4 A
TACHO
SPEED SENSOR
FUEL GAUGE
FUEL
CHECK ENGINE
R–L
3 F1
B
W–B
Y–R
5 A
B
Y–L
BR
D
1
G–R
WATER TEMP.
(ALL–TRAC
/4WD)
A/T OIL TEMP
2 1F
W–B
BR
16 L1
16 L4
Y–R
10 L1
10 L4
9 B
Y–R
Y–G
4 B
W–B
BR
13 L1
13 L4
(EX. 3S–FE FWD)
(3S–FE FWD)
V
5 B
TO TCCS ECU
Y–G
BR
V
6 C
W–B
WATER TEMP.
SENDER
1
FLUID TEMP.
SW(A/T)
COMBINATION METER
7. 5A
GAUGE
9 3B
2 A
3 A
16 H1
13 H1
BR
E
8 C
2 L1 (EX. 3S–FE FWD)
2 L4 (3S–FE FWD)
(ALL–TRAC
/4WD)
2 G (2VZ–FE)
6 H (3S–FE)
(ALL–TRAC
/4WD)
IGNITER
I
R–W
4 F1
1
J
2
8 B
Y
R–W
10 A
Y–G
15 3B
TO CHARGE FUSE
J/B NO. 3
7 B
TO LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
R–W
R–W
Y–B
9 A
PARKING BRAKE
SW
1
W–B
GR
9 L1
9 L4
BRAKE FLUID
LEVEL WARNING SW
R–W
OIL PRESSURE
SW
(3S–FE FWD)
(EX. 3S–FE FWD)
CHARGE
REAR LIGHTS
BRAKE
OIL
3 B
14
3B
5 1F
11 1B
1
K
8 1B
D
155
B–O
FROM IGN FUSE
COMBINATION METER
SERVICE HINTS
COMBINATION METER
(A) 6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(B) 3–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
(B) 5, (A) 3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
(A) FUEL GAUGE
6–4 : APPROX. 64.3 6–3 : APPROX. 233.3 4–3 : APPROX. 169.0 WATER TEMP. GAUGE
(A) 6–(B) 4 : APPROX. 56 (A) 6–(B) 5 : APPROX. 145 (B) 4–(B) 5 : APPROX. 201 (E) WATER TEMP. SENDER
(NIPPON DENSO MAKE)
1–GROUND : APPROX. 226 AT 50°C (122°F)
APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F)
(YAZAKI MAKE)
1–GROUND : APPROX. 152.7 AT 60°C (140°F)
APPROX. 26.4 AT 115°C (239°F)
(F) FUEL SENDER
3–4 : APPROX. 3 WITH FUEL FULL
APPROX. 110.0 WITH FUEL EMPTY
(I) OIL PRESSURE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA)
(J) BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
(K) PARKING BRAKE SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
CODE
C13
28
E
B
C11
28
C
C12
28
D
A44
25
SEE PAGE
W1
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
F
F9
F
F10
G
I3
SEE PAGE
25
26 (S/D), 27 (STATION W/G)
I
O5
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
26 (S/D)
J
B2
24 (2VZ–FE), 25 (3S–FE)
24
K
P1
28
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
1B
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
1F
18
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
3B
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
F1
34
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
H1
34
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
36
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 (BACK PANEL LEFT)
L1
L4
V3
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
B
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
D
34
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
E
34
LEFT KICK PANEL
I
K
156
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36
LEFT REAR FENDER
BACK PANEL CENTER
SEE PAGE
I2
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
CODE
H
157
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE
RECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL I2 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN
IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
WITH THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL ASSEMBLY → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UP
WHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR →
TERMINAL I10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER
MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR
AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
2. OPERATION OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO BI–LEVEL)
WHEN THE BI–LEVEL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE CIRCUIT IS GROUNDED IS
OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL I12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D11 OF
THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. (AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP). AT THE SAME TIME, THE SIGNAL FOR
WHEN THE CIRCUIT IS NOT GROUNDED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER. THESE 2 SIGNALS CAUSE THE AMPLIFIER
TO OPERATE AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4 → GROUND,
WHICH ROTATES THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION.
WHEN THE DAMPER COMES TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS CUT IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11
OF THE AMPLIFIER, AND AMPLIFIER OPERATION CAUSES THE SERVO MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING AND THE DAMPER TO STAY IN
POSITION.
(SWITCHING TO OTHER MODE POSITIONS)
WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM FACE TOWARDS DEF, AS EXPLAINED BEFORE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL
D11 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5
→ SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4, MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION FROM DEF TOWARDS FACE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL D4 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D5, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE AND MOVING THE
DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
3. OPERATION OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM WARM TO COOL)
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM WARM POSITION TO COOL POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE
THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES GREATER THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS
TIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D8 OF THE
AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D9 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM WARM TO COOL POSITION. WHEN THE
RESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOP.
(SWITCHING FROM COOL TO WARM)
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM COOL POSITION TO WARM POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE
THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES LESS THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIME
IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D9 OF THE
AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D8 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM POSITION. WHEN THE
RESPECTIVE RESISTANCE ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS.
4. RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 1 OF THE RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C WATER
TEMP. SW → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE RELAY. AT THIS TIME, CURRENT IS SUPPLIED FROM THE FL 30A RDI FAN TO TERMINAL 4
OF THE RELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 6 OF THE CONDENSER FAN
RELAY NO. 2 → COIL → TERMINAL 2 → A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW → A/C WATER TEMP. SW → GROUND, THEN THROUGH THE FL 30A
CDS → TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 →
TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY NO. 3.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH IS TURNED ON DURING A/C OPERATION, CURRENT FROM THE A/C FUSE FLOWS THROUGH
TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 3 →
TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, ACTIVATING RELAY NO. 3. THEN THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF RELAY NO. 3 FLOWS
THROUGH TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND. SINCE THE CONDENSER AND
RADIATOR FAN MOTORS ARE CONNECTED IN SERIES, BOTH FANS ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
158
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE WATER TEMP. REACHES APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE (A/C WATER TEMP. SW IS OFF) OR THE REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE REACHES 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPS) OR MORE (A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW IS OFF), CURRENT TO THE RADIATOR
FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND CONDENSER FAN RELAY NO. 2 IS CUT OFF AND THAT TO THE MOTOR IS SUPPLIED IN PARALLEL, CAUSING
THE MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS SET TO ON, CURRENT FROM THE 30A HEATER CB FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I14 (PUSH SWITCH
TYPE), 5 (LEVER SWITCH TYPE) OF THE A/C SW, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF
THE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY VIA THE A/C FUSE. THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM IGNITER,
THE EVAPORATOR TEMP. SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR ARE ALL
SUPPLIED TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE A/C SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C SW ON SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER,
ACTIVATING IT AND TURNING ON THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY, SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY →
TERMINAL 2 → MAGNET CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE, THEN THE MAGNET CLUTCH ACTIVATING THE
COMPRESSOR. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO THE A/C IDLE–UP VSV FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE
AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE COMPRESSOR. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO THE A/C IDLE–UP VSV FLOWS
THROUGH TERMINAL 5 OF THE AMPLIFIER, ACTIVATING THE VSV TO PREVENT ENGINE SPEED DROP IN A/C OPERATION. THE A/C
OPERATION IS SHUT OFF WHEN A SIGNAL INDICATING LOW EVAPORATOR TEMP., GREAT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND
COMPRESSOR SPEEDS, HIGH WATER TEMP. SIGNAL, OR ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW REFRIGERANT PRESSURE, IS SUPPLIED
WHILE THE ENGINE HIGH SPEED SIGNAL EXISTS. WHEN ONE OF THESE SIGNALS IS RECEIVED, THE AMPLIFIER SHUTS OFF THE
A/C OPERATION.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS 25 KM/H (16 MPH) OR LESS AND THE THROTTLE OPENING ANGLE IS APPROX. 80% OR MORE,
OPERATION OF THE A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER STOPS A/C OPERATION FOR APPROX. 3 SECONDS.
WHEN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEED IS EXCESSIVE, THE AMPLIFIER TURNS ON THE A/C
SW INDICATOR LIGHT TO INDICATE A FAULT.
159
30A
FL
CDS FAN
G
(USA)
2
Y–R
1
F (CANADA)
MAGNET
CLUTCH
RELAY
MAGNET
CLUTCH
RELAY
R
(CANADA)
2
1
2 B1
Y–R
B–O
M
3 2G
Y–G(FWD)
2
1
R
1 C4
(USA)
4 C1
A
A/C CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
Y–R
1 A1
1 B1
R–L
B
13 D1
W
W
(CANADA)
W
(USA)
1
A/C DUAL PRESSURE
SW
2
R–L
1I
B–O
6
Y–R
6
(CANADA)
7. 5A
IGN
(USA)
30A
FL
RDI FAN
Y (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
1 2E
3
2
3
A/C IDLE–UP
VSV
Y–R
Y–R
W–B
G
B–W
W–B
4
W–B
6
J
6 2E
5 2E
6 2C
7 2A
B–W
B–W
1
W–B
2
11 J3
5 J1
ALT
15
A/C
K TCCS ECU
C
A/C ACCELERATION
CUT AMPLIFIER
4 J2
13 J3 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
7 J1 (FWD)
16
E
A/C
MAGNET
CLUTCH
5
6
L4
6
L1
V–Y
TO SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
A/C HIGH PRESSURE
SW
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
A/C WATER TEMP.
SW
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
10
3
Y–R
B–R
RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR
L
W–B
160
A/C AMPLIFIER
7
D
A
5
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
W–B
W–B
B
1
B–W
I
C
2
2
2
W–B
4 2A
6
3
V–Y
4
V–Y
B
4 J3
2 J1
Y–R
W–B
A/C FAN RELAY
NO. 3
L–B
2
14 J3
8 J1
1
2
2E
3 J3
1 J1
2
Y–R
2
4 2C
2
L–Y
B–W
Y–G
W–R
G–W
B–R
(USA)
1
Y–R
B–W
2
2
1
2 C4
(CANADA)
2 A1
B–W
4
L–B
2
B–W
2
3 2E
M
B–W
W–B
3
2
1
2
1
L–Y
6
2
(USA)
2
H
2
2
A/C FAN RELAY
NO. 2
3
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1
1
(CANADA)
2
4
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
FWD)
L
2
Y–R
R
(USA)
5
V–R
V–R
V–R
2
4
Y–G
J2
Y–G
40A
HEATER
CB
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
L
4
Y–G
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
A/C CUT
RELAY
1
9 1N
4
1
LG–R
10A
A/C
1
J3
Y
Y–G
11
Y–G
K1
L
3
R–L
1
B–Y
(FWD)
2
Y(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
4
N
Y–G
Y–G(FWD)
A/C SW
4
5
Y–B
2 J3
3
6
M
5
2
HEATER
RELAY
A/C WATER
TEMP. SW
B
1
4
1
4
4
4
4
B
13
1
6
Q
L–B
6 HI
B–W
1
2
M2
M1
L–W
8
W–B
4
W–B
5
OFF
T
BLOWER SW
1
LO
W–B
B
2
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
IGNITER
P
2
L–O
6 J3
4 J1
B–W
B
15 J3
9 J1
W–R
A/C THERMISTOR
2
3
4
A/C COMPRESSOR
SENSOR
1
W–L
O
W–L
W–Y
5 J3
3 J1
S
BLOWER RESISTOR
B–W
8
W–R
9
W–L
3
W–L
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–Y
I
2
W–B
4
M
4
5
W–B
L
1
R
BLOWER
MOTOR
B–W
V–W
1
L–W
1 J2
W–B
L
3 J2
B
V–W
2
4
2
4
6
4
H
161
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1
4–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITIION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF
(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3
(2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MAGNET CLUTCH ON
HEATER RELAY
(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(C) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 18 KG/CM2 (256 PSI, 1765 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 14 KG/CM2 (199 PSI, 1373 KPA)
(D) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)
(G) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(H) A/C IDLE–UP VSV
1–2 : APPROX. 40 Ω
(J) A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 3 SECONDS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 80% AND
VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 25 KM/H (15.5 MPH)
(O) A/C THERMISTOR
APPROX. 1.5 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F)
(S) BLOWER RESISTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 Ω
2–4 : APPROX. 0.8 Ω
3–4 : APPROX. 0.4 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A8
25
H
A11
25
N
H6
28
B
R1
25
I
A19
25 (FWD)
O
A24
28
C
A10
25
I
A20
28 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
P
A7
25
D
A13
25
J
A18
28
Q
I2
25
E
A12
25
K
T3
28
R
B5
28
F
A43
25 (CANADA)
L
A21
28
S
B6
28
G
A9
25
M
A14
25 (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
T
H7
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1I
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1N
162
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
A1
32
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
B1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C4
32
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
32
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J2
34
COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J3
34
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
L1
L4
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A
32
RIGHT FENDER
C
32
RADIATOR LEFT
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
163
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
B
R–L
40A
HEATER
CB
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
4
9 1N
13 D
LG–B
B–W
1
R–B
4
LG
3
HEATER
RELAY
5
LG–R
4
2
4
B
4
B
L–W
4
W–B
12 D
R–L
BR–Y
4
7 E 8 E 6 E
P
9 D 8 D 5 E
R–L
O
L
R–L
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
5
B–W
BLOWER CONTROL
RELAY
7
B–W
4
8
L–B
L–B
B–W
2
L–B
B
L–O
3
W–B
L–O
B
1
6
BR–B
1
L–W
2
1
6
R–B
BR–B
LG–R
B–W
LG–B
O
P
2
8
11
7
14
1
13
12
6
2
G
5
W–B
M
W–B
VENT
BLOWER RESISTOR
W–B
C
F AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
2
4
5
4
H
164
1
G
HEAT
B–W
L–O
B–W
L–B
B–W
2
LG
M
BR–Y
A
BLOWER
MOTOR
4
4
B
B
R–L
R–L
R–L
E
17
16 E
10 E
L–R
L–B
4 D 5 D
W–G
L–O
Y–L
11 D 1 D
R–W
10 D
W–B
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
Y–R
G–W
Y–B
G–R
B–W
L–B
L–O
BR–B
Y–L
W–G
L–B
4
11
1
2
1
I
9
I
3 J
B–W
L–O
3
L–B
G–R
9
L–O
Y–B
6
L–W
G–W
5
L–R
Y–R
10
BR–B
R–W
L–W
4 J 5 J
6 J
M
DEF
FOOT/DEF
FOOT
BI–LEVEL
W–B
W–B
17
I
OFF
LO
M1
M2
HI
FACE
H AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
3
4
HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
6
4
W–B
165
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
B
R–L
R–L
R–L
B
1
R
M
F
K
2
3
W–R
6 D
W–G
Y–B
2 D
V–W
12 E
LG–B
4 E
G–R
1 E
G–W
14 D
Y
Y–R
3 E
FRESH/RECIRC
SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
RECIRC/FRESH
CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR
Y–R
G–W
V–W
Y–B
4
I
AUTO
13
I
FACE
12
I
3
BI–LEVEL
I
15
FOOT
I
11
FOOT–DEF
DEF
I
2
I
10
V–W
W–R
W–G
LG–B
G–R
Y–B
G–W
Y
Y–R
G–R
I
RECIRC/FRESH
6
I
A/C
HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
W–B
166
W–B
B
4
2
10A
A/C
5
11
K1
(FWD)
A/C DUAL
PRESSURE SW
2
Y–R
B–W(USA)
Y–G
5
2
1
R–L
(CANADA)
R–L
A1
2
(USA)
L–Y
(CANADA)
L–Y
C4
(CANADA)
Y–R
2 J3
B–W
Y–R
1
3 J3
1 J1
3
B–Y
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
14 J3
8 J1
Y–G
4 J3
2 J1
2
(USA)
A1
2
B–W
V–W
3 J2
C4
1
Y–R(CANADA)
Y–R
V–W
4
N
1
Y–R(USA)
M
Y–R
Y–G
A/C IDLE–UP
VSV
2
L
LG–R
J3
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
1
1
1
Y (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
Y–G
10
Y–R
W–L
8
G
G
W–Y
13
W–B
9
B
3
7
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–R
4
L
R–L
Y–G
O
A/C WATER TEMP.
SW(FOR A/C CUT)
6
3
6
Y–B
Y–G
Y–G
Y–G
A/C CUT RELAY
4
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
V–R
1
R–L
V–R
J2
V–R
Y–G (ALL–TRAC/4WD)
1
P
Q
1
ACCELERATION
T A/C
CUT AMPLIFIER
4
2
W–L
W–L
W–B
4
V–Y
6 J3
4 J1
11 J3
5 J1
B
W–R
15 J3
9 J1
1
6
S
2
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
6 L1
6 L4
IGNITER
L
R
A/C COMPRESSOR
SENSOR
8
I
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
(FWD)
W–L
5 J3
3 J1
13 J3
7 J1
5
G–W
2
L–B
1 J2
V–Y
I
V–Y
14
W–B
I
A/C THERMISTOR
7
TO SPEED SENSOR
[COMB. METER]
W–B
J2
167
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
30A
FL
CDS
FAN
30A
FL
RDI
FAN
7. 5A
IGN
6
2
W
1
U
A/C CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
M
B–O
1
4 C1
2
R
R
MAGNET CLUTCH
RELAY
3
R–L(CANADA)
2
L–Y
(USA)
L–Y
(CANADA)
2 B1
2
(USA)
2
L
R
R–L(USA)
2
3
2
(USA)
B–W
1
V
MAGNET
CLUTCH
RELAY
2
2
B–R
W–R
(CANADA)
2
1
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1
2
2
B–W
4
A/C FAN
RELAY NO. 2
4
B–W
1
6
3
2
1
2E
2
1
W–B
3 2G
(CANADA)
2
13 D1
B
W
1 B1
(USA)
(CANADA)
W
B–O
6 1I
3
3
2E
2
2
A/C FAN
RELAY NO. 3
3
4
2
W–B
W–B
W
B
B–W
2
6 2E
5 2E
2 2E
6 2C
7 2A
4 2A
TCCS ECU
ALT
A/C
15
4 2C
L
L–B
B–W
16
B–W
B–W
1
L–B
Y
M
1
Z
RADIATOR
FAN MOTOR
A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
2
1
X
2
BR
A/C MAGNET
CLUTCH
W–B
W–B
1
C
168
a
A/C WATER TEMP. SW
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
A
SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1
4–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON OR WATER TEMP. SW ON
HEATER RELAY
(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(C) BLOWER RESISTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 1.20 Ω
1.5 : APPROX. 3.70 Ω
2–6 : APPROX. 0.40 Ω
(I) HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
1–9 : MORE THAN 2700 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT COOL POSITION
LESS THAN 290 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT WARM POSITION
APPROX. 1500 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT MIDDLE POSITION 25°C (77°F)
(K) A/C IDLE–UP VSV
1–2 : APPROX. 40 Ω
(M) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(T) A/C ACCELERATION CUT AMPLIFIER
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 3 SECONDS WITH THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ABOVE 80% AND
VEHICLE SPEED BELOW 25 KM/H (15.5 MPH)
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF
(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3
(2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH MAGNET CLUTCH ON
(X) A/C MAGNET CLUTCH
1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 Ω
(Z) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 12.5 KG/CM2 (178 PSI, 1226 KPA)
(a) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
B5
28
B
B4
C
B6
D
CODE
SEE PAGE
CODE
K
R8
28
T
28
L
A11
25
28
M
A9
25
A22
28
N
A21
E
A23
28
O
F
A27
28
G
A27
H
SEE PAGE
A18
28
U
A8
25
V
A43
25 (CANADA)
28
W
T3
28
A19
28
X
A12
25
O
A20
28
Y
R1
25
28
P
A14
25
Z
A10
25
A28
28
Q
A24
28
a
A13
25
I
H6
28
R
A7
25
J
H7
28
S
I2
25
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1I
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1N
169
RADIATOR FAN AND ATR COMDITIONER (3S–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
B1
C1
C4
D1
J1
J2
J3
K1
L1
L4
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
32
32
32
32
34
34
34
34
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
A
C
H
170
SEE PAGE
32
32
34
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RIGHT FENDER
RADIATOR LEFT
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
1. RECIRC/FRESH CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC)
WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE
RECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL I2 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN
IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
WHEN THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER
CONTROL ASSEMBLY → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UP
WHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON.
(SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH)
WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE SERVO MOTOR →
TERMINAL I10 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER
MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR
AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION.
2. OPERATION OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM FACE TO BI–LEVEL)
WHEN THE BI–LEVEL SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACE POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE CIRCUIT IS GROUNDED IS
OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL I12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D11 OF
THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER. (AT THIS TIME, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH TERMINAL I7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I17 → GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP). AT THE SAME TIME, THE SIGNAL FOR
WHEN THE CIRCUIT IS NOT GROUNDED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER. THESE 2 SIGNALS CAUSE THE AMPLIFIER
TO OPERATE AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5 OF THE AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4 → GROUND,
WHICH ROTATES THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION.
WHEN THE DAMPER COMES TO THE BI–LEVEL POSITION, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS CUT IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11
OF THE AMPLIFIER, AND AMPLIFIER OPERATION CAUSES THE SERVO MOTOR TO STOP ROTATING AND THE DAMPER TO STAY IN
POSITION.
(SWITCHING TO OTHER MODE POSITIONS)
WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER FROM FACE TOWARDS DEF, AS EXPLAINED BEFORE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL
D11 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D10 SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D5
→ SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D4, MOVING THE DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
WHEN SWITCHING THE DAMPER IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION FROM DEF TOWARDS FACE, A GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO
TERMINAL D10 OF THE AMPLIFIER AND A NON–GROUND SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL D11 SO THAT THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM
TERMINAL D4 → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D5, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE AND MOVING THE
DAMPER TO THE DESIRED POSITION.
3. OPERATION OF THE AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR (FOR PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
(SWITCHING FROM WARM TO COOL)
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM WARM POSITION TO COOL POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE
THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES GREATER THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS
TIME IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D8 OF THE
AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D9 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM WARM TO COOL POSITION. WHEN THE
RESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOP.
(SWITCHING FROM COOL TO WARM)
WHEN THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL KNOB IS SWITCHED FROM COOL POSITION TO WARM POSITION, THE RESISTANCE INSIDE
THE HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY BECOMES LESS THAN THE RESISTANCE INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THE SIGNAL AT THIS TIME
IS INPUT TO THE SYSTEM AMPLIFIER, CAUSING THE AMPLIFIER TO OPERATE. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL D9 OF THE
AMPLIFIER → SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL D8 → GROUND, CHANGING THE DAMPER FROM COOL TO WARM POSITION. WHEN THE
RESPECTIVE RESISTANCES ARE THE SAME VALVE, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS.
4. RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN OPERATION
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON, TURNING THE ENGINE MAIN RELAY TO ON CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW TO THE RAD FAN FUSE
AND THE CDS FAN FUSE.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
OPERATION OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER TURNS RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
AND NO. 3 TO ON, AND CURRENT FROM THE CDS FAN FUSE FLOWS IN SERIES FROM THE CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL
1 OF THE A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 4 → RADIATOR FAN MOTOR →
GROUND, CAUSING EACH FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED. [THIS IS WHEN THE WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 85° TO 90°C (185° TO
194°F).]
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
OPERATION OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN AMPLIFIER AND HIGH PRESSURE SW CAUSES CURRENT TO THE COIL SIDE OF
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 TO BE CUT (BOTH RELAYS OFF). ACCORDINGLY, CURRENT FROM THE RAD
FAN FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → GROUND, AND
CURRENT FROM THE CDS FAN FUSE FLOWS FROM THE CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2 →
TERMINAL 3 → GROUND. THIS PARALLEL CURRENT FLOW TO BOTH MOTORS CAUSES BOTH FANS TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
[THIS IS WHEN THE WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE WITH THE MAGNET CLUTCH OFF, OR ELSE WITH THE
MAGNET CLUTCH ON AND THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE AT 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPS) OR MORE.]
171
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE)
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS SET TO ON, CURRENT FROM THE 30A HEATER CB FLOWS THROUGH TERMINAL I14 (PUSH SWITCH
TYPE), 5 (LEVER SWITCH TYPE) OF THE A/C SW, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 14 OF
THE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY VIA THE A/C FUSE. THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM IGNITER,
THE EVAPORATOR TEMP. SIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR, AND THE LOCK SIGNAL FROM THE A/C COMPRESSOR ARE ALL
SUPPLIED TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. WHEN THE A/C SW IS TURNED ON, THE A/C SW ON SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER,
ACTIVATING IT AND TURNING ON THE MAGNET CLUTCH RELAY, SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY →
TERMINAL 2 → MAGNET CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE, THEN THE MAGNET CLUTCH ACTIVATING THE
COMPRESSOR. THE A/C OPERATION IS SHUT OFF WHEN A SIGNAL INDICATING LOW EVAPORATOR TEMP., GREAT DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEEDS, HIGH WATER TEMP. SIGNAL, OR ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE, IS SUPPLIED WHILE THE ENGINE HIGH SPEED SIGNAL EXISTS. WHEN ONE OF THESE SIGNALS IS RECEIVED, THE
AMPLIFIER SHUTS OFF THE A/C OPERATION.
WHEN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ENGINE AND COMPRESSOR SPEED IS EXCESSIVE, THE AMPLIFIER TURNS ON THE A/C
SW INDICATOR LIGHT TO INDICATE A FAULT.
172
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1
4–3 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND WATER TEMP. SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF OR A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF
(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED IGNITION SW ON AND A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3
(2) 2–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MAGNET CLUTCH ON
(C) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 18 Kg/CM2 (256 PSI, 1765 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 14 Kg/CM2 (199 PSI, 1373 KPA)
(L) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSUR LESS THAN 2.1 Kg/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 Kg/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(G) A/C WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–GROUND : OPEN ABOVE 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW 83°C (181°F)
(P) A/C THERMISTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 KΩ AT 25°C (77°F)
HEATER RELAY
(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(T) BLOWER RESISTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 1.5 Ω
2–4 : APPROX. 0.8 Ω
3–4 : APPROX. 0.4 Ω
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
A
SEE PAGE
CODE
SEE PAGE
A8
24
G
A13
24 (W/O A/C)
B
R1
24
H
A21
C
A10
24 (W/ A/C)
I
A43
C
A10
24 (W/O A/C)
J
D
S1
24
E
A12
F
G
CODE
SEE PAGE
O
A25
28
28
P
A25
28
24 (CANADA)
Q
A7
24
T4
28
R
I3
24
K
T2
28
S
B5
28
24
L
A9
24
T
B6
28
A18
28
M
H6
28
U
H7
28
A13
24 (W/ A/C)
N
A19
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1I
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1N
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
A2
30
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C5
30
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
30
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J2
34
COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J3
34
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
173
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
40A
HEATER
FAN
30A
FL
CDS FAN
7. 5A
IGN
(USA)
(CANADA)
6
1I
W
(USA)
1
W
B1
2
(USA)
1
R
(USA)
B
4 C1
(CANADA)
R–L
13 D1
1
I
MAGNET
CLUTCH
RELAY
2 B1
B–O
B–O
2
2
2
6
B–W
B–W
2
3
4
2
7
F
(W/ A/C)
1
B–Y
2
G
(W/ A/C)
17
(W/ A/C)
1
W–B
LG
J3
(W/O A/C)
LG
3
6
LG(W/ A/C)
P
(USA)
P(W/ A/C)
A/C HIGH
PRESSURE SW
(FOR RADIATOR
FAN)
(CANADA)
B–Y
G
6 J3
R
18 J3
W–B
B–R
5 2E
5
A/C CONDENSER FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
C
(W/ A/C)
7 2A
BR(W/ A/C)
2
W–B
B–R
SHORT PIN
L
RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR
2
W–B
C 2
1
B–R
(W/O A/C)
174
G
Y
8 J3
1
2
E
W–B
4 2A
1
7 J3
1
L
B
(W/O A/C)
A/C WATER TEMP. SW
(FOR CONDENSER FAN)
W
Y(W/ A/C)
2
B–W
3
P(W/ A/C)
3 A2
3 C5
1
5
L–B(W/O A/C)
WATER TEMP SENSOR
(FOR CONDENSER FAN)
W
Y(W/O A/C)
A/C FAN RELAY
NO. 3
1
B–W
2
A/C MAGNET
CLUTCH
2
L–B(W/ A/C)
L–B(W/O A/C)
2
7
(W/ A/C)
B–O
B–W
W–B
B–R
B–W
6 2C
W–R
2
4
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER
H
4
2E
A
Y–R
G–W
B–W
2
2
B
(CANADA)
6 2E
3
2
2
(USA)
1
4 2C
M
B–W
(USA)
R
(CANADA)
R
(USA)
L
A/C FAN RELAY
NO. 2
RADIATOR FAN
RELAY NO. 1
2
3 2E
1
2
(CANADA)
B–W
2
1
2
B–W
2
2
(CANADA)
A2 C5
(USA)
1 2E
3
3
L–Y
3 2G
1
MAGNET
CLUTCH
RELAY
3
2
4
Y–R
(USA)
(CANADA)
B–O
A/C CONDENSER
FAN MOTOR
2
1
M
1 1
A2 C5
R–L
2
W
A
L–Y
6
PIN
D SHORT
(FOR FAN CHECK)
C
16
J3
4
6
BR(W/O A/C)
W–B
9
Y–G
Y–G
K1
A/C DUAL PRESSURE
SW
22 J
Y–R
10 K
M A/C SW
2
A/C
4
5
Y–G
L
L
9 1N
R–L
TCCS
ECU
ACT
1
Y–R
Y–R
30A
HEATER
CB
7. 5A
GAUGE
1
Y–R
3 J3
9 J3
Y–G
B–G
10 J3
A/C
L–B
6
4
B–W
4
4
2
Y–R
V–W
3
10A
A/C
L
2
HEATER
RELAY
2
Y–R
1
1
W–B
2
4
4
4
1 J2
B
Y–R
B–W
L–W
G–W
4
3 J2
5
G–W
11
14
N
2
L–W
10
B
12
L
1
V–W
G–W
B
A/C AMPLIFIER
1
7
S
M
BLOWER
MOTOR
2
B–W
O
8
B
W
13
W–L
BR–W
W–B
W–B
9
W–R
1
5
3
A/C DIODE
2
T
BLOWER RESISTOR
3
B–Y
B–W
1
B–Y
4
13 J3
6 HI
W–B
W–B
L–W
W–B
5
L–W
OFF
U
8
BLOWER SW
W–B
W–R
4
J2
W–B
4
5
W–B
R
W–B
3
2
LO
2
4
W–B
L–O
2
M1
B
L–R
1
M2
IGNITER
W–L
2
5 J3
B–W
1
1
A/C THERMISTOR
14 J3
W–L
Q
A/C COMPRESSUR
SENSOR
P
BR–W
W–B
4 J3
L–B
B–Y
B–W
W–L
2
4
2
4
6
4
H
175
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE LEVER SWITCH TYPE)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A
30
RIGHT FENDER
C
30
RADIATOR LEFT
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
176
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
177
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
30A
HEATER
CB
B
7. 5A
GAUGE
R–L
1
4
9 1N
4
LG–B
R–L
B–W
LG–R
R–B
1
LG
4
HEATER
RELAY
3
2
B
4
L–W
5
B
W–B
13 D
4
5
4
12 D
R–L
BR–Y
4
7 E 8 E 6 E
P
9 D 8 D 5 E
R–L
O
L
R–L
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
B–W
BLOWER CONTROL
RELAY
B–W
7
4
8
L–B
L–B
B–W
L–B
2
B
L–O
3
W–B
L–O
B
1
6
BR–B
1
L–W
6
2
1
15
1
13
5
W–B
5
4
H
178
P
VENT
W–B
W–B
4
6
BLOWER RESISTOR
F AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
2
12
2
G
M
C
O
7
LG–B
11
B–W
BR–B
8
LG–R
R–B
2
HEAT
B–W
L–O
B–W
L–B
B–W
2
LG
M
BR–Y
A
BLOWER
MOTOR
4
4
1
G
B
R–L
R–L
R–L
B
17 E
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
16 E
10
E
L–R
L–B
W–B
4 D 5 D
W–G
L–O
Y–L
11 D 1 D
R–W
10 D
Y–R
G–W
Y–B
G–R
B–W
L–B
L–O
BR–B
L–B
11
1
2
1
I
9 I
3 J
B–W
W–G
4
L–B
Y–L
3
L–O
L–O
9
L–W
G–R
6
L–R
Y–B
5
BR–B
G–W
10
Y–R
R–W
L–W
4 J 5 J
6 J
M
DEF
FOOT/DEF
FOOT
BI–LEVEL
W–B
W–B
17
I
OFF
LO
M1
M2
HI
FACE
H
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR
3
4
HEATER CONTROL SW
6
W–B
4
179
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
B
R–L
R–L
R–L
B
1
R
M
F
K
2
3
W–R
6 D
W–G
Y–B
2 D
V–W
12 E
LG–B
4 E
G–R
11 E
G–W
14 D
Y
Y–R
3 E
FRESH/RECIRC
A/C SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
RECIRC/FRESH
CONTROL SERVO
MOTOR
Y–R
G–W
V–W
Y–B
4
I
13
I
FACE
12
I
3
BI–LEVEL
I
15
FOOT
I
11
FOOT/DEF
DEF
I
2
I
10
V–W
W–R
W–G
LG–B
G–R
Y–B
G–W
Y
Y–R
G–R
I
RECIRC/FRESH
6
I
A/C
HEATER CONTROL SW
W–B
180
W–B
B
4
2
R–L
10A
A/C
1
A/C DUAL
PRESSURE SW
L
Y–G
4
2
Y–R
Y–R
11
Y–G
Y–G
1
K1
TCCS ECU
ACT
22 N
BR–W
Y–R
LG
3
4
5
Y
G–W
11
T
A/C AMPLIFIER
9
13
8
3
7
1
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL
AMPLIFIER
6
7
2
1
W–R
B
B–Y
W
7 J3
A/C DIODE
1
2
2
B–Y
1 J2
U
S
1
I
P
5 J3
L–R
14
A/C THERMISTOR
I
W–B
B
13 J3
P
7
W–B
W–R
14 J3
W–L
4 J3
W–L
R–L
Y–G
W
5
14
17 J3
WATER TEMP. SENSOR
(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
2
L
O
15 J3
Y–R
1
9 J3
B–W
12
L–W
Y–R
10
Y–R
L–B
10 J3
G–W
B–G
3 J3
L–W
3 J2
V–W
V–W
G–W
A/C
10 M
V–W
B–Y
W–L
W–L
W–B
L
4
J2
1
2
3
2
R
IGNITER
A/C COMPRESSOR
SENSOR
Q
8
I
W–B
W–B
181
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
182
SERVICE HINTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1
3–4 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW ON AND, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON OR WATER TEMP. IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE
HEATER RELAY
(4) 4–(4) 5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON
(C) BLOWER RESISTOR
1–2 : APPROX. 1.20 Ω
1–5 : APPROX. 3.70 Ω
2–6 : APPROX. 0.40 Ω
(I) HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY
1–9 : MORE THAN 2700 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT COOL POSITION
LESS THAN 290 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT WARM POSITION
APPROX. 1500 Ω WITH CONTROL LEVER AT MIDDLE POSITION 25°C (77°F)
(L) A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW
1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 2.1 KG/CM2 (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM2 (384 PSI, 2648 KPA)
(W) A/C CONDENSOR FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER
3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
(V) A/C MAGNET CLUTCH
1–GROUND : APPROX. 3.7 Ω
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
(2) 1–(2) 3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW OFF OR WATER TEMP. SW OFF
(2) 1–(2) 4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND, A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW ON AND/OR WATER TEMP. IS
APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR MORE
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3
(2) 1–(2 ) 4 : CLOSED WITH MAGNET CLUTCH ON
(c) A/C HIGH PRESSURE SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)
1–2 : OPEN ABOVE 15.5 KG/CM2 (220 PSI, 1520 KPA)
CLOSED BELOW 12.5 KG/CM2 (178 PSI, 1226 KPA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE
SEE PAGE
A
B5
28
B
B4
C
B6
D
CODE
SEE PAGE
K
R8
28
28
L
A9
28
M
T2
A22
28
N
E
A23
28
F
A27
G
CODE
SEE PAGE
U
W3
24
24
V
A12
24
28
W
A18
28
T4
28
X
A43
24
O
A19
28
Y
A13
24
28
P
A25
28
Z
A8
24
A27
28
Q
A7
24
a
R1
24
H
A28
28
R
I3
24
b
S1
24
I
H6
28
S
A25
28
c
A10
24
J
H7
28
T
A21
28
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2
20
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
23
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1I
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2A
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2C
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2E
20
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
2G
20
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
1N
183
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER (2VZ–FE PUSH SWITCH TYPE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
A2
30
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
B1
32
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C1
30
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
C5
30
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR J/B NO. 2)
D1
30
ENGINE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
J2
34
COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
J3
34
ENGINE WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
K1
34
ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
SEE PAGE
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
A
30
RIGHT FENDER
C
30
RADIATOR LEFT
H
34
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
184
GROUND POINTS
BR
RADIO AND
TAPE PLAYER
BACK DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW
W–B
REMOTE CONTROL
MIRROR SW
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
V3
W–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
B (S/D)
9
W–B
BR
W–B (M/T)
1
W–B
M1
W–B
13
14
1I
1L
3
3
1M
1F
11
5
1N
1K
W–B
W–B
8
W–B
2
E2
W–B
1
W–B
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
SW LH
W–B
DOOR LOCK KEY
SW LH
18
W–B
1 1J
W–B
J2
(W/ A/C)
W–B
A/C CONDENSOR FAN
CONTROL AMPLIFIER
W–B
F
DOOR LOCK
SOLENOID FRONT LH
W–B
POWER WINDOW
MASTER SW
W–B
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER
BELT SW LH
W–B
W–B
INTEGRATION RELAY
W–B
DOOR LOCK CONTROL
RELAY
W–B
7
W–B
9
DOOR LOCK
CONTROL SW RH
W–B
DOOR LOCK KEY
SW RH
W–B
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER
BELT SW RH
W–B
W–B
( EX.CANADA 3S–FE
W/ POWER WINDOW)
( CANADA 3S–FE
W/ POWER WINDOW)
O1 O2
W–B
UNLOCK WARNING SW
DOOR LOCK SOLENOID
FRONT RH
6
W–B
SEAT BELT WARNING
RELAY
W–B
HEATER CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
4
3
W–B
W–B
4
SYSTEM AMPLIFIER
5
W–B
4
W–B
(W/ CANADA)
BR
CRUISE CONTROL
COMPUTER
2
HEATER RELAY
186
OUT SIDE HANDLE SW
W–B
W–B
W–B
(W/ A/C)
W–B
(2VZ–FE)
W–B
COMPRESSOR
CONTROL AMPLIFIER
W–B
D
W–B
4
W–B
(3S–FE)
TURN SIGNAL
FLASHER
W–B
1C
(3S–FE)
POWER MAIN RELAY
F1
8
W–B
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
WARNING SW
CRUISE CONTROL
CLUTCH SW
6
W–B(W/O MOON ROOF)
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
J
1L
3
MAP LIGHT
7
W–B
LIGHT CONTROL SW
A/C ACCELERATION
CUT AMPLIFIER
(W/ MOON ROOF)
1M
FRONT WIPER
AND WASHER SW
MOON ROOF
LIMIT SW
MOON ROOF SW
W–B
W–B
MOON ROOF
CONTROL RELAY
W–B
G
BR
9
W–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
CRUISE CONTROL SW
[COMB. METER]
A/C AMPLIFIER
W–B
E
W–B
MAP LIGHT
W–B
13 H1
DIMMER SW
STARTER RELAY
P1
W–B
W–B
KEY INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
1
W–B
(ANALOG)
OX SENSOR (SUB)
W–B
W–B
(FWD)
FUEL SENDER
(ANALOG)
W–B
BR
COMB. METER
(SPEED SENSOR)
BR
(2VZ–FE)
4
W–B
1
4
4
4
W–B
2
4
H
BLOWER RESISTOR
RUNNING LIGHTS
RELAY
BLOWER CONTROL
RELAY
W–B
HEATER BLOWER SW
12
W–B
OX SENSOR (SUB)
BR
BR
OX SENSOR (MAIN)
L1
(2VZ–FE)
BR
ECT SOLENOID
BR
BR
BR
ECT ECU
BR(FWD)
10 10
BR
BR
CHECK CONNECTOR
EGR
GAS TEMP. SENSOR
BR
L4 L1
COMB. METER
(WATER TEMP. )
(3S–FE FWD)
(EX. 3S–FE FWD)
(2VZ–FE)
BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)
AIR FLOW METER
(ANALOG)
(FWD)W–B
W–B
W–B
3
W–B
U1
2
3A
15
W–B
CRUISE CONTROL
MAIN SW
7 V3
(S/D) W–B
3A
W–B
REOSTAT
J/B NO. 3
1
W–B
GLOVE BOX LIGHT
SW
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
W–B
LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
LH
W–B
LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
RH
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W–B
ANTENNA MOTOR
AND CONTROL RELAY
3C
14
3C
W–B
CLOCK
3B
3
W–B
DEFOGGER SW
3A
16
W–B
REAR WIPER SW
W–B
2
W–B
DIFF LOCK CONTROL
SW
3C
15
W–B
A/T INDICATOR
3D
2 a1
(FWD)
W–B
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
16
W–B
CENTER DIFF. LOCK
INDICATOR LIGHT
3D
W–B
LIGHT FAILURE
SENSOR
W–B
REAR COMBIANTION
LIGHT LH
W–B
REAR SIDE MARKER
LIGHT LH
W–B
REAR COMBIANTION
LIGHT LH
W–B
12
W–B
AUTOMATIC SHOULDER
BELT COMPUTER
W–B
3D
(FWD)
W–B
SPOOL RELEACE SW
W–B
FUEL SENDER
W–B
M
W–B
W–B
O/D MAIN SW
A. B. S. COMPUTER
FUEL PUMP
W–B
Q1
14
W–B
SHIFT LOCK CONTROL
COMPUTER
FUEL SENDER
W–B
W–B
3
3B
W–B
REAR SIDE MARKER
LIGHT RH
FUEL PUMP
(S/D)4 V2
(STATION W/G)7 V1
W–B
W–B
K
W–B
COMB. METER
W–B
B
W–B
W–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
W–B
BR
BR
W–B
ECT ECU
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
W–B
(E02)
W–B
W–B(ALL–TRAC/4WD)
W–B
(E01)
BR
6
L3
W–B
W–B
TCCS ECU
W–B(3S–FE W/O ECT)
(E21)
(E1)
W–B
BR
TCCS ECU
NOISE FILTER
BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)
EFI WATER TEMP.
SENSOR
ECT SOLENOID
W–B
W–B
BR(3S–FE W/O ECT)
W–B
(ALL–TRAC/4WD)W–B
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
W–B
1
W–B
a2
I
BUCKLE SW
W–B
POWER SEAT SW
187
GROUND POINTS
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT LH
W–B
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT RH
W–B
FRONT CLEARANCE
LIGHT LH
W–B
W–B
FRONT TURN SIGNAL
LIGHT RH
W–B
W–B
ENGINE MAIN RELAY
EFI MAIN RELAY
3
W–B
2
5
W–B
2
2E
W–B
CIRCUIT OPENING
RELAY
3
W–B
3
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 3
W–B
A/C FAN RELAY NO. 2
AIR FLOW METER
A. B. S. ACTUATOR
W–B
7 2A
W–B
W–B
2C
W–B
W–B
W–B
A. B. S. CHECK
CONNECTOR
W–B
RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR
W–B
CRUISE CONTROL
VACUUM PUMP
W–B
CRUISE CONTROL
VACUUM SW
W–B
HEAD LIGHTS LH
W–B
C
HEAD LIGHTS RH
A
(W/ CANADA)
(W/O A. B. S. )
(STATION W/G)
REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER
B
W–B
HIGH MOUNT STOP
LIGHT
W–B
BACK DOOR
COURTESY SW
(STATION W/G)
W–B
LICENCE PLATE RH
(STATION W/G)
W–B
LICENCE PLATE LH
W–B
W–B
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
(STATION W/G)
REAR COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
(STATION W/G)
W–B
1
W–B
B
(STATION W/G)
1
W–B
W2
(STATION W/G)
W–B
Y2
(STATION W/G)
L
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE
SEE PAGE
RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1
21
R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2
18
R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
4
21
R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
188
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE
1B
1C
1F
1I
1J
1K
1L
1M
1N
2A
2C
2E
3A
3B
3C
3D
SEE PAGE
JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
18
18
18
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL SUB WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
18
COWL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
20
20
20
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
ENGINE ROOM NO. 4 WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
22
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND J/B NO
NO. 3 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE
E2
F1
H1
J2
L1
L3
L4
M1
O1
O2
P1
Q1
U1
V1
V2
V3
W2
Y2
a1
a2
SEE PAGE
JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
34
34
34
34
FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL SUB WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
COWL WIRE AND A/C WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (BEHIND GLOVE BOX)
34
COWL WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
34
FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36
38
ROOF NO
NO. 2 WIRE AND ROOF WIRE (W/ MOON ROOF
ROOF, ROOF RIGHT)
FLOOR NO.
NO 3 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (FLOOR CENTER)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR)
LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
36 (S/D)
FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO.
NO 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
38
38
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
34
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (BACK PANEL LEFT)
BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT)
FLOOR NO.
NO 2 WIRE AND FLOOR NO.
NO 1 WIRE (UNDER REAR SEAT PANEL)
FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER DRIVER’S SEAT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
SEE PAGE
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
30 (2VZ–FE)
32 (3S–FE)
34
34
34
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
34
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
36
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
38
36 (S/D)
38 (STATION W/G)
GROUND POINTS LOCATION
RIGHT FENDER
INTAKE MANIFOLD
RADIATOR LEFT
J/B NO. 1 SET BOLT
LEFT KICK PANEL
INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
ROOF RIGHT (W/ MOON ROOM)
R/B NO. 4 SET BOLT
LEFT REAR FENDER
RIGHT REAR PILLAR
BACK PANEL CENTER
DECK RIGHT
BACK DOOR RIGHT
RIGHT REAR FENDER
189